1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
38 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
39 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
40 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 namespace {
60 
61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
62  public:
63   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
64       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
65     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
66     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
67     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
68   }
69 
70   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
71     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
72       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
73           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
74     else
75       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
76   }
77 
78  private:
79   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
80   bool WantClassName;
81 };
82 
83 }
84 
85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
87   switch (Kind) {
88   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
89   // token kind is a valid type specifier
90   case tok::kw_short:
91   case tok::kw_long:
92   case tok::kw___int64:
93   case tok::kw___int128:
94   case tok::kw_signed:
95   case tok::kw_unsigned:
96   case tok::kw_void:
97   case tok::kw_char:
98   case tok::kw_int:
99   case tok::kw_half:
100   case tok::kw_float:
101   case tok::kw_double:
102   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
103   case tok::kw_bool:
104   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
105     return true;
106 
107   case tok::annot_typename:
108   case tok::kw_char16_t:
109   case tok::kw_char32_t:
110   case tok::kw_typeof:
111   case tok::kw_decltype:
112     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
113 
114   default:
115     break;
116   }
117 
118   return false;
119 }
120 
121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
122 /// return the declaration of that type.
123 ///
124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
129 ///
130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
131 /// and then return NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
241           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
242               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
243           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
245               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
246                                               CorrectedStr);
247           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
248             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
249               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
250 
251           if (SS && NNS)
252             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
253           *CorrectedII = NewII;
254           return Ty;
255         }
256       }
257     }
258     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
259   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
260   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
261     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
262     return ParsedType();
263 
264   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
265     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
266     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
267     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
268     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
269     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
270     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
271       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
272       return ParsedType();
273     }
274 
275     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
276     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
277          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
278       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
279         if (!IIDecl ||
280             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
281               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
282           IIDecl = *Res;
283       }
284     }
285 
286     if (!IIDecl) {
287       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
288       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
289       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
290       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
291       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
292       // a type name.
293       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
294       return ParsedType();
295     }
296 
297     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
298     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
299     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
300     // perform the name lookup again.
301     break;
302 
303   case LookupResult::Found:
304     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
305     break;
306   }
307 
308   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
309 
310   QualType T;
311   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
312     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
313 
314     if (T.isNull())
315       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
316 
317     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
318     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
319     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
320     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
321       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
322         // Construct a type with type-source information.
323         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
324         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
325 
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
328         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
329         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
330         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
331       } else {
332         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
333       }
334     }
335   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
336     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
337     if (!HasTrailingDot)
338       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
339   }
340 
341   if (T.isNull()) {
342     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
343     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
344     return ParsedType();
345   }
346   return ParsedType::make(T);
347 }
348 
349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
353 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
355   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
356   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
357   LookupName(R, S, false);
358   R.suppressDiagnostics();
359   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
360     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
361       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
362       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
363       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
364       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
365       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
366       }
367     }
368 
369   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
370 }
371 
372 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
373 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
374 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
375 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
376 /// @code
377 /// template<class T> class A {
378 /// public:
379 ///   typedef int TYPE;
380 /// };
381 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
382 /// public:
383 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
384 /// };
385 /// @endcode
386 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
387   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
388     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
389 
390     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
391     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
392           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
393       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
394         return true;
395     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
396   }
397   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
398 }
399 
400 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
401                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
402                                    Scope *S,
403                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
404                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
405   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
406   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
407 
408   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
409   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
410   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
411   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
412                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
413                                              Validator)) {
414     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
415     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
416 
417     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
418       // We corrected to a keyword.
419       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
420       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
421         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
422       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
423         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
424         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
425       II = NewII;
426     } else {
427       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
428       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
429       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
430         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
431           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
432           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
433       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
434         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
435           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
436           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
437       else
438         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
439 
440       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
441         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
442 
443       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
444                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
445                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
446                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
447     }
448     return true;
449   }
450 
451   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
452     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
453     UnqualifiedId Name;
454     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
455     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
456     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
457     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
458     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
459                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
460                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
461       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
462       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
463       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
464         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
465           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
466       }
467       return true;
468     }
469   }
470 
471   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
472   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
473 
474   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
475     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
476   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
477     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
478       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
479   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
480     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
481     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
482       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
483 
484     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
485       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
486       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
487       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
488     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
489                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
490   } else {
491     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
492            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
493   }
494 
495   return true;
496 }
497 
498 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
499 /// or
500 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
501   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
502                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
503 
504   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
505     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
506       return true;
507 
508     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
509       return true;
510   }
511 
512   return false;
513 }
514 
515 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
516                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
517                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
518                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
519   Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
520   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
521   if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
522     const char *TagName = 0;
523     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
524     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
525       case TTK_Class:
526         TagName = "class";
527         FixItTagName = "class ";
528         break;
529 
530       case TTK_Enum:
531         TagName = "enum";
532         FixItTagName = "enum ";
533         break;
534 
535       case TTK_Struct:
536         TagName = "struct";
537         FixItTagName = "struct ";
538         break;
539 
540       case TTK_Union:
541         TagName = "union";
542         FixItTagName = "union ";
543         break;
544     }
545 
546     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
547       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
548       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
549 
550     LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
551     if (SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS)) {
552       for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end();
553            I != IEnd; ++I)
554         SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
555           << Name << TagName;
556     }
557     return true;
558   }
559 
560   Result.clear(Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
561   return false;
562 }
563 
564 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
565                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
566                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
567                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
568                                             const Token &NextToken) {
569   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
570   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
571 
572   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
573     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
574                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
575 
576   }
577 
578   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
579   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
580 
581   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
582   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
583   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
584   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
585   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
586     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
587     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
588       return E;
589   }
590 
591   bool SecondTry = false;
592   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
593 
594 Corrected:
595   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
596   case LookupResult::NotFound:
597     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
598     // call.
599     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
600       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
601       // FIXME: Reference?
602       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
603         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
604 
605       // C90 6.3.2.2:
606       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
607       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
608       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
609       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
610       //   the function call, the declaration
611       //
612       //     extern int identifier ();
613       //
614       //   appeared.
615       //
616       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
617       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
618         Result.addDecl(D);
619         Result.resolveKind();
620         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
621       }
622     }
623 
624     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
625     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
626     // "struct", or "union".
627     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
628         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
629       break;
630     }
631 
632     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
633     // close to this name.
634     if (!SecondTry) {
635       SecondTry = true;
636       CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator;
637       // Try to limit which sets of keywords should be included in typo
638       // correction based on what the next token is.
639       DefaultValidator.WantTypeSpecifiers =
640           NextToken.is(tok::l_paren) || NextToken.is(tok::less) ||
641           NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || NextToken.is(tok::star) ||
642           NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::l_square);
643       DefaultValidator.WantExpressionKeywords =
644           NextToken.is(tok::l_paren) || NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
645           NextToken.is(tok::arrow) || NextToken.is(tok::period);
646       DefaultValidator.WantRemainingKeywords =
647           NextToken.is(tok::l_paren) || NextToken.is(tok::semi) ||
648           NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || NextToken.is(tok::l_brace);
649       DefaultValidator.WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
650       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
651                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
652                                                  &SS, DefaultValidator)) {
653         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
654         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
655         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
656         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
657 
658         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
659         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
660           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
661         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
662             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
663           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
664           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
665         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
666                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
667                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
668                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
669            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
670            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
671          }
672 
673         if (SS.isEmpty())
674           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
675             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
676             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
677         else
678           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
679             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
680             << SS.getRange()
681             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
682 
683         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
684         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
685 
686         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
687         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
688           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
689 
690         // Also update the LookupResult...
691         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
692         Result.clear();
693         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
694         if (FirstDecl) {
695           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
696           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
697             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
698         }
699 
700         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
701         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
702         // reference the ivar.
703         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
704         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
705           Result.clear();
706           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
707           return move(E);
708         }
709 
710         goto Corrected;
711       }
712     }
713 
714     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
715     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
716     return NameClassification::Unknown();
717 
718   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
719     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
720     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
721     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
722 
723     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
724     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
725     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
726     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
727     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
728     //
729     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
730     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
731     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
732     // keyword here.
733     return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
734                                      NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
735   }
736 
737   case LookupResult::Found:
738   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
739   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
740     break;
741 
742   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
743     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
744         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
745       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
746       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
747       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
748       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
749       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
750       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
751       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
752       //   ambiguous.
753       //
754       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
755       // so try again after filtering out template names.
756       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
757       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
758         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
759         break;
760       }
761     }
762 
763     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
764     return NameClassification::Error();
765   }
766 
767   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
768       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
769     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
770     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
771     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
772     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
773     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
774     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
775     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
776       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
777 
778     if (!Result.empty()) {
779       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
780       TemplateName Template;
781       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
782         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
783         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
784                                                      Result.end());
785       } else {
786         TemplateDecl *TD
787           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
788         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
789 
790         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
791           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
792                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
793                                                       TD);
794         else
795           Template = TemplateName(TD);
796       }
797 
798       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
799         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
800         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
801         // to based on which function we selected.
802         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
803 
804         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
805       }
806 
807       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
808     }
809   }
810 
811   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
812   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
813     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
814     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
815     return ParsedType::make(T);
816   }
817 
818   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
819   if (!Class) {
820     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
821     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
822                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
823       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
824   }
825 
826   if (Class) {
827     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
828 
829     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
830       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
831       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
832       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
833       return NameClassification::Unknown();
834     }
835 
836     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
837     return ParsedType::make(T);
838   }
839 
840   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
841   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
842   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 && FirstDecl && !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
843       !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
844     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
845     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
846          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
847         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
848       FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
849       if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
850         DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
851         QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
852         return ParsedType::make(T);
853       }
854     }
855   }
856 
857   if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
858     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
859 
860   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
861   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
862 }
863 
864 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
865 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
866 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
867 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
868 
869   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
870   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
871   // the context we'll need to return to.
872   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
873     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
874 
875     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
876     // lexical context.
877     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
878       return DC;
879 
880     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
881     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
882     // class is the context we need to return to.
883     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
884       DC = RD;
885 
886     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
887     // declared in.
888     return DC;
889   }
890 
891   return DC->getLexicalParent();
892 }
893 
894 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
895   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
896       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
897   CurContext = DC;
898   S->setEntity(DC);
899 }
900 
901 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
902   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
903 
904   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
905   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
906 }
907 
908 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
909 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
910 ///
911 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
912   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
913   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
914   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
915   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
916   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
917   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
918   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
919   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
920   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
921   //   namespace.
922   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
923   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
924   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
925   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
926   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
927 
928   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
929 
930 #ifndef NDEBUG
931   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
932   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
933   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
934 #endif
935 
936   CurContext = DC;
937   S->setEntity(DC);
938 }
939 
940 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
941   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
942 
943   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
944   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
945   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
946   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
947   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
948 
949   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
950   // disappear.
951 }
952 
953 
954 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
955   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
956   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
957     // We assume that the caller has already called
958     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
959     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
960   }
961   if (!FD)
962     return;
963 
964   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
965   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
966   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
967     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
968   CurContext = FD;
969   S->setEntity(CurContext);
970 
971   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
972     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
973     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
974     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
975       S->AddDecl(Param);
976       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
977     }
978   }
979 }
980 
981 
982 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
983   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
984   // rather than the top-level class.
985   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
986   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
987   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
988 }
989 
990 
991 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
992 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
993 ///
994 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
995 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
996 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
997 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
998 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
999 /// attribute.
1000 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1001                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1002   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1003     return true;
1004 
1005   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1006     return true;
1007 
1008   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1009           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1010 }
1011 
1012 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1013 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1014   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1015   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1016   // scope.
1017   while (S->getEntity() &&
1018          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1019     S = S->getParent();
1020 
1021   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1022   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1023   // into any context.
1024   if (AddToContext)
1025     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1026 
1027   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1028   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1029   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1030       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1031       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1032         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1033     return;
1034 
1035   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1036   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1037       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1038     return;
1039 
1040   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1041   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1042                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1043   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1044     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1045       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1046       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1047 
1048       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1049       break;
1050     }
1051   }
1052 
1053   S->AddDecl(D);
1054 
1055   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1056     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1057     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1058     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1059     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1060       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1061       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1062         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1063           continue;
1064       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1065         break;
1066     }
1067 
1068     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1069   } else {
1070     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1071   }
1072 }
1073 
1074 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1075   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1076     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1077 }
1078 
1079 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1080                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1081   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
1082                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1083 }
1084 
1085 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1086   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1087   do {
1088     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1089       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1090         return S;
1091   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1092 
1093   return 0;
1094 }
1095 
1096 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1097                                             DeclContext*,
1098                                             ASTContext&);
1099 
1100 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1101 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1102 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1103                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1104                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1105                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1106   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1107   while (F.hasNext()) {
1108     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1109 
1110     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1111       continue;
1112 
1113     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1114         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1115       continue;
1116 
1117     F.erase();
1118   }
1119 
1120   F.done();
1121 }
1122 
1123 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1124   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1125          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1126          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1127 }
1128 
1129 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1130 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1131   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1132   while (F.hasNext())
1133     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1134       F.erase();
1135 
1136   F.done();
1137 }
1138 
1139 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1140 /// @code
1141 /// class S {
1142 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1143 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1144 /// };
1145 /// @endcode
1146 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1147   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1148   // the decl here.
1149   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1150     return false;
1151 
1152   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1153     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1154   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1155     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1156   return false;
1157 }
1158 
1159 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1160   assert(D);
1161 
1162   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1163     return false;
1164 
1165   // Ignore class templates.
1166   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1167       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1168     return false;
1169 
1170   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1171     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1172       return false;
1173 
1174     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1175       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1176         return false;
1177     } else {
1178       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1179       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1180           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1181         return false;
1182     }
1183 
1184     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1185         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1186       return false;
1187   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1188     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1189         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1190         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1191       return false;
1192 
1193     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1194         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1195       return false;
1196 
1197   } else {
1198     return false;
1199   }
1200 
1201   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1202   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1203     return false;
1204 
1205   return true;
1206 }
1207 
1208 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1209   if (!D)
1210     return;
1211 
1212   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1213     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1214     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1215       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1216   }
1217 
1218   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1219     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1220     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1221       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1222   }
1223 
1224   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1225     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1226 }
1227 
1228 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1229   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1230     return false;
1231 
1232   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1233     return false;
1234 
1235   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1236     return true;
1237 
1238   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1239   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1240       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1241     return false;
1242 
1243   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1244   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1245 
1246     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1247     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1248 
1249     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1250     if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
1251       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1252         return false;
1253     }
1254 
1255     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1256     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1257     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1258       return false;
1259 
1260     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1261       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1262       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1263         return false;
1264 
1265       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1266         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1267           return false;
1268 
1269         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1270           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1271             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1272           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1273             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1274             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1275               return false;
1276           }
1277         }
1278       }
1279     }
1280 
1281     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1282   }
1283 
1284   return true;
1285 }
1286 
1287 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1288                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1289   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1290     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1291                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1292     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1293       return;
1294     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1295                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1296   }
1297   return;
1298 }
1299 
1300 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1301 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1302 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1303   FixItHint Hint;
1304   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1305     return;
1306 
1307   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1308 
1309   unsigned DiagID;
1310   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1311     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1312   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1313     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1314   else
1315     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1316 
1317   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1318 }
1319 
1320 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1321   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1322   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1323   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1324   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1325     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1326 }
1327 
1328 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1329   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1330   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1331          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1332 
1333   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1334        I != E; ++I) {
1335     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1336     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1337 
1338     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1339     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1340 
1341     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1342 
1343     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1344     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1345       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1346 
1347     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1348     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1349       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1350 
1351     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1352     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1353   }
1354 }
1355 
1356 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1357   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1358 }
1359 
1360 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1361   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1362   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1363 }
1364 
1365 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1366 ///
1367 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1368 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1369 /// to the fixed name.
1370 ///
1371 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1372 ///
1373 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1374 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1375 ///
1376 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1377 /// class could not be found.
1378 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1379                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1380                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1381   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1382   // creation from this context.
1383   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1384 
1385   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1386     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1387     // find an Objective-C class name.
1388     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1389     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1390                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1391                                        Validator)) {
1392       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1393       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1394         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1395         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1396       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1397         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1398 
1399       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1400     }
1401   }
1402   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1403   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1404   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1405       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1406   return Def;
1407 }
1408 
1409 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1410 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1411 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1412 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1413 /// ill-formed in C++:
1414 /// @code
1415 /// struct S6 {
1416 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1417 /// };
1418 ///
1419 /// void test_S6() {
1420 ///   struct S6 a;
1421 ///   a.e = BAR;
1422 /// }
1423 /// @endcode
1424 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1425 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1426 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1427 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1428 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1429 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1430 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1431 /// contain non-field names.
1432 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1433   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1434          (S->getEntity() &&
1435           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1436          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1437     S = S->getParent();
1438   return S;
1439 }
1440 
1441 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1442 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1443 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1444 /// built-in.
1445 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1446                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1447                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1448   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1449 
1450   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1451   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1452   switch (Error) {
1453   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1454     // Okay
1455     break;
1456 
1457   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1458     if (ForRedeclaration)
1459       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1460         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1461     return 0;
1462 
1463   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1464     if (ForRedeclaration)
1465       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1466         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1467     return 0;
1468 
1469   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1470     if (ForRedeclaration)
1471       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1472         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1473     return 0;
1474   }
1475 
1476   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1477     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1478       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1479       << R;
1480     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1481         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1482           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1483       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1484         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1485         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1486   }
1487 
1488   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1489                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1490                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1491                                            SC_Extern,
1492                                            SC_None, false,
1493                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1494   New->setImplicit();
1495 
1496   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1497   // FunctionDecl.
1498   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1499     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1500     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1501       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1502         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1503                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1504                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1505                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1506       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1507       Params.push_back(parm);
1508     }
1509     New->setParams(Params);
1510   }
1511 
1512   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1513 
1514   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1515   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1516   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1517   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1518   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1519   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1520   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1521   CurContext = SavedContext;
1522   return New;
1523 }
1524 
1525 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1526   QualType OldType;
1527   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1528     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1529   else
1530     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1531   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1532 
1533   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1534     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1535     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1536     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1537       << Kind << NewType;
1538     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1539       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1540     New->setInvalidDecl();
1541     return true;
1542   }
1543 
1544   if (OldType != NewType &&
1545       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1546       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1547       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1548     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1549     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1550       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1551     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1552       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1553     New->setInvalidDecl();
1554     return true;
1555   }
1556   return false;
1557 }
1558 
1559 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1560 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1561 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1562 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1563 ///
1564 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1565   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1566   // merging checks.
1567   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1568 
1569   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1570   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1571   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1572     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1573     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1574     default: break;
1575     case 2:
1576       {
1577         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1578           break;
1579         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1580         if (!T->isPointerType())
1581           break;
1582         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1583           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1584           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1585             break;
1586         }
1587         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1588         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1589         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1590         return;
1591       }
1592     case 5:
1593       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1594         break;
1595       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1596       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1597       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1598       return;
1599     case 3:
1600       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1601         break;
1602       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1603       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1604       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1605       return;
1606     }
1607     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1608   }
1609 
1610   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1611   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1612   if (!Old) {
1613     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1614       << New->getDeclName();
1615 
1616     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1617     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1618       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1619 
1620     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1621   }
1622 
1623   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1624   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1625     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1626 
1627   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1628   // with any extensions enabled.
1629   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1630     return;
1631 
1632   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1633   // declaration was a typedef.
1634   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1635     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1636 
1637   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1638     return;
1639 
1640   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1641     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1642     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1643     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1644     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1645     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1646       return;
1647 
1648     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1649     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1650     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1651     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1652     //
1653     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1654     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1655     //
1656     //   struct S {
1657     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1658     //   };
1659     //
1660     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1661     // allow the above but disallow
1662     //
1663     //   struct S {
1664     //     typedef int I;
1665     //     typedef int I;
1666     //   };
1667     //
1668     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1669     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1670       return;
1671 
1672     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1673       << New->getDeclName();
1674     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1675     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1676   }
1677 
1678   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1679   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1680     return;
1681 
1682   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1683   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1684   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1685   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1686   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1687       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1688        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1689     return;
1690 
1691   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1692     << New->getDeclName();
1693   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1694   return;
1695 }
1696 
1697 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1698 /// attribute.
1699 static bool
1700 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1701   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1702   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1703   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1704   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1705   if (AA)
1706     return false;
1707 
1708   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1709   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1710   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1711     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1712       if (Ann) {
1713         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1714           return true;
1715         continue;
1716       }
1717       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1718       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1719         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1720       return true;
1721     }
1722 
1723   return false;
1724 }
1725 
1726 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
1727   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1728   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1729     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1730                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1731                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1732                                     AA->getMessage());
1733   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1734     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
1735   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1736     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
1737   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1738     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
1739   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1740     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1741                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
1742   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1743     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
1744   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1745     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
1746 
1747   if (NewAttr) {
1748     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1749     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1750     return true;
1751   }
1752 
1753   return false;
1754 }
1755 
1756 static const Decl *getDefinition(Decl *D) {
1757   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1758     return TD->getDefinition();
1759   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1760     return VD->getDefinition();
1761   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1762     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1763     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
1764       return Def;
1765   }
1766   return NULL;
1767 }
1768 
1769 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1770 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1771                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1772   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
1773   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
1774   if (Def && Def != New && New->hasAttrs()) {
1775     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
1776     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1777     New->dropAttrs();
1778   }
1779 
1780   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1781     return;
1782 
1783   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1784 
1785   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1786   // we process them.
1787   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1788 
1789   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1790          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1791          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1792        i != e; ++i) {
1793     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1794     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1795         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1796          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1797          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1798       continue;
1799 
1800     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
1801       foundAny = true;
1802   }
1803 
1804   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1805 }
1806 
1807 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1808 /// to the new one.
1809 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1810                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1811                                      ASTContext &C) {
1812   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1813     return;
1814 
1815   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1816 
1817   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1818   // done before we process them.
1819   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1820 
1821   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1822        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1823        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1824     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1825       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1826       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1827       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1828       foundAny = true;
1829     }
1830   }
1831 
1832   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1833 }
1834 
1835 namespace {
1836 
1837 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1838 /// C.
1839 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1840   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1841   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1842   QualType PromotedType;
1843 };
1844 
1845 }
1846 
1847 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1848 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1849   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1850     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1851       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1852 
1853     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1854       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1855 
1856     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1857       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1858   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1859     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1860   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1861     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1862   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1863     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1864   }
1865 
1866   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1867 }
1868 
1869 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1870 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1871 /// GNU89 mode.
1872 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1873                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1874   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1875           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1876           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1877           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1878 }
1879 
1880 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1881 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1882 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1883 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1884 ///
1885 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1886 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1887 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1888 /// merged with.
1889 ///
1890 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1891 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
1892   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1893   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1894   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1895         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1896     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1897   else
1898     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1899   if (!Old) {
1900     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1901       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1902       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1903            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1904       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1905            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1906       return true;
1907     }
1908 
1909     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1910       << New->getDeclName();
1911     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1912     return true;
1913   }
1914 
1915   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1916   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1917   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1918   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1919     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1920   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1921     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1922   else
1923     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1924 
1925   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1926   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1927 
1928   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1929   // is an extern inline function.
1930   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1931       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1932       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1933       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
1934     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
1935       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1936       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1937     } else {
1938       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
1939       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1940       return true;
1941     }
1942   }
1943 
1944   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1945   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1946   // calling convention of the first.
1947   //
1948   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1949   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1950   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1951   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1952   // because it is the default calling convention.
1953   //
1954   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1955   // other tests to run.
1956   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
1957   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
1958   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
1959   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
1960   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
1961   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
1962       NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
1963     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
1964     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1965   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
1966                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
1967     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
1968     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
1969       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
1970       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
1971       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
1972           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
1973     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1974     return true;
1975   }
1976 
1977   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
1978   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1979     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
1980     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1981   }
1982 
1983   // Merge regparm attribute.
1984   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
1985       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
1986     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
1987       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
1988         << NewType->getRegParmType()
1989         << OldType->getRegParmType();
1990       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1991       return true;
1992     }
1993 
1994     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
1995     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1996   }
1997 
1998   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
1999   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2000     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2001       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2002       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2003       return true;
2004     }
2005 
2006     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2007     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2008   }
2009 
2010   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2011     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2012     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2013     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2014   }
2015 
2016   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2017     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2018     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2019     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2020     //        cannot be overloaded.
2021     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2022     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2023     QualType ResQT;
2024     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2025       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2026           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2027         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2028       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2029         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2030           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2031                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2032         else
2033           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2034         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2035         return true;
2036       }
2037       else
2038         NewQType = ResQT;
2039     }
2040 
2041     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2042     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2043     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2044       // Preserve triviality.
2045       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2046 
2047       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2048       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2049       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2050       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2051                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2052                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2053       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2054 
2055       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2056           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2057         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2058         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2059         //       is a static member function declaration.
2060         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2061           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2062           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2063           return true;
2064         }
2065 
2066         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2067         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2068         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2069         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2070         unsigned NewDiag;
2071         if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2072           NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2073         else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2074           NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2075         else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2076           NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2077         else
2078           NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2079 
2080         Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2081         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2082 
2083       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2084       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2085       //
2086       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2087       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2088       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2089         if (isFriend) {
2090           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2091         } else {
2092           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2093                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2094             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2095           return true;
2096         }
2097       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2098         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2099              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2100           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2101         return true;
2102       }
2103     }
2104 
2105     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2106     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2107     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2108     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2109 
2110     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2111     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2112     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2113       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2114       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2115         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2116       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2117       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2118     }
2119 
2120     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2121       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2122 
2123     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2124   }
2125 
2126   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2127   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2128   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2129       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2130     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2131     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2132     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2133     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2134         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2135       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2136       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2137       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2138       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2139                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2140       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2141                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
2142                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2143       New->setType(NewQType);
2144       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2145 
2146       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2147       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2148       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2149              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2150              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2151            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2152         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2153                                                  SourceLocation(),
2154                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2155                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2156                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
2157                                                  0);
2158         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2159         Param->setImplicit();
2160         Params.push_back(Param);
2161       }
2162 
2163       New->setParams(Params);
2164     }
2165 
2166     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2167   }
2168 
2169   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2170   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2171   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2172   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2173   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2174   // the prototype.
2175   //
2176   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2177   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2178   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2179   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2180   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2181       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2182       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2183       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2184     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2185     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2186     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2187       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2188     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2189       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2190 
2191     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2192     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2193                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2194     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2195     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2196          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2197       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2198       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2199       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2200                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2201         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2202       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2203                                             NewParm->getType(),
2204                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2205         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2206           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2207         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2208         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2209       } else
2210         LooseCompatible = false;
2211     }
2212 
2213     if (LooseCompatible) {
2214       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2215         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2216              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2217           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2218           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2219         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2220           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2221                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2222       }
2223 
2224       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2225                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2226                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2227       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2228     }
2229 
2230     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2231   }
2232 
2233   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2234   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2235   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2236     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2237     // signature.
2238     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2239       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2240       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2241       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2242       // library built-in.
2243       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2244       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2245         << Old << Old->getType();
2246       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2247       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2248       return false;
2249     }
2250 
2251     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2252   }
2253 
2254   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2255   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2256   return true;
2257 }
2258 
2259 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2260 /// known to be compatible.
2261 ///
2262 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2263 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2264 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2265 /// redeclaration of Old.
2266 ///
2267 /// \returns false
2268 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2269                                         Scope *S) {
2270   // Merge the attributes
2271   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2272 
2273   // Merge the storage class.
2274   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2275       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2276     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2277 
2278   // Merge "pure" flag.
2279   if (Old->isPure())
2280     New->setPure();
2281 
2282   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2283   // declarations.
2284   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2285     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2286       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2287                                Context);
2288 
2289   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2290     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2291 
2292   return false;
2293 }
2294 
2295 
2296 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2297                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2298 
2299   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2300   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true);
2301 
2302   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2303   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2304                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2305   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2306          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2307        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2308     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2309 
2310   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2311 }
2312 
2313 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2314 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2315 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2316 ///
2317 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2318 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2319 /// is attached.
2320 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2321   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2322     return;
2323 
2324   QualType MergedT;
2325   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2326     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2327     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2328       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2329       return;
2330     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2331       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2332       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2333     }
2334     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2335     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2336     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2337     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2338     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2339     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2340              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2341       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2342         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2343       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2344         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2345       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2346         MergedT = New->getType();
2347     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2348              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2349       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2350         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2351       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2352         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2353       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2354         MergedT = Old->getType();
2355     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2356                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2357         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2358                                                         Old->getType());
2359     }
2360   } else {
2361     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2362   }
2363   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2364     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2365       << New->getDeclName();
2366     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2367     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2368   }
2369   New->setType(MergedT);
2370 }
2371 
2372 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2373 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2374 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2375 ///
2376 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2377 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2378 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2379 ///
2380 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2381   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2382   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2383     return;
2384 
2385   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2386   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2387   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2388       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2389     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2390       << New->getDeclName();
2391     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2392          diag::note_previous_definition);
2393     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2394   }
2395 
2396   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2397   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2398   //
2399   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2400   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2401     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2402       << New->getIdentifier();
2403     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2404     New->setInvalidDecl();
2405   }
2406 
2407   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2408   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2409   // declaration
2410   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2411       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2412       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2413     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2414     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2415     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2416     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2417   }
2418 
2419   // Merge the types.
2420   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2421   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2422     return;
2423 
2424   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2425   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2426       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2427     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2428     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2429     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2430   }
2431   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2432   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2433   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2434   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2435   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2436   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2437   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2438   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2439   //   identifier has external linkage.
2440   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2441     /* Okay */;
2442   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2443            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2444     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2445     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2446     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2447   }
2448 
2449   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2450   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2451       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2452     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2453     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2454     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2455   }
2456   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2457       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2458     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2459     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2460     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2461   }
2462 
2463   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2464 
2465   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2466   // need to check for mismatches.
2467   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2468       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2469       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2470         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2471     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2472     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2473     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2474   }
2475 
2476   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2477     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2478     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2479   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2480     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2481     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2482   }
2483 
2484   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2485   const VarDecl *Def;
2486   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2487       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2488       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2489     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2490       << New->getDeclName();
2491     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2492     New->setInvalidDecl();
2493     return;
2494   }
2495   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2496   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2497   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2498   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2499   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2500   // specified at the prior declaration.
2501   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2502   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2503       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2504       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2505     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2506 
2507   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2508   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2509 
2510   // Inherit access appropriately.
2511   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2512 }
2513 
2514 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2515 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2516 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2517                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2518   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS,
2519                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
2520 }
2521 
2522 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2523 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2524 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2525 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2526                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2527                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2528   Decl *TagD = 0;
2529   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2530   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2531       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2532       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2533       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2534     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2535 
2536     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2537       return 0;
2538 
2539     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2540     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2541     // it's a Type.
2542     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2543       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2544     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2545       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2546   }
2547 
2548   if (Tag) {
2549     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2550     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
2551       return Tag;
2552   }
2553 
2554   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2555     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2556     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2557     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2558       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2559            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2560            << DS.getSourceRange();
2561   }
2562 
2563   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2564     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2565     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2566     if (Tag)
2567       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2568         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2569             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2570             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2571     else
2572       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2573     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2574     return TagD;
2575   }
2576 
2577   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2578     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2579     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2580     if (TagD && !Tag)
2581       return 0;
2582     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2583   }
2584 
2585   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2586   // declarators.
2587   bool emittedWarning = false;
2588 
2589   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2590     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2591         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2592       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
2593           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2594         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2595 
2596       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2597         << DS.getSourceRange();
2598       emittedWarning = true;
2599     }
2600   }
2601 
2602   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2603   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2604       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2605       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2606     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2607     //   struct STRUCT;
2608     // and
2609     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2610     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2611     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2612         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2613          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2614       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2615         << DS.getSourceRange();
2616       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2617     }
2618   }
2619 
2620   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2621       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2622     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2623       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2624           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2625         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2626           << DS.getSourceRange();
2627         emittedWarning = true;
2628       }
2629 
2630   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2631   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2632 
2633   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2634     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2635     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2636     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2637         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2638       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2639         << DS.getSourceRange();
2640       return Tag;
2641     }
2642 
2643     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2644       << DS.getSourceRange();
2645     emittedWarning = true;
2646   }
2647 
2648   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2649   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2650   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2651   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2652     return TagD;
2653 
2654   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2655   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2656   // useless.
2657   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2658     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2659       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2660         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2661 
2662   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2663     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2664   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2665     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2666       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2667     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2668       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2669     // Restrict is covered above.
2670   }
2671   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2672     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2673   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2674     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2675   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2676     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2677 
2678   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2679       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2680     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2681       << Tag->getTagKind()
2682       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2683 
2684   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2685   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2686   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2687   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2688     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2689     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2690         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2691         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2692         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2693       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2694       while (attrs) {
2695         Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(),
2696              diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2697         << attrs->getName()
2698         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2699             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2700             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2701         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2702       }
2703     }
2704   }
2705 
2706   return TagD;
2707 }
2708 
2709 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2710 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2711 ///
2712 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2713 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2714                                          Scope *S,
2715                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2716                                          DeclarationName Name,
2717                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2718                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2719   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2720                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2721   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2722 
2723   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2724     return false;
2725 
2726   // Pick a representative declaration.
2727   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2728   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2729 
2730   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2731     return false;
2732 
2733   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2734   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2735 
2736   return true;
2737 }
2738 
2739 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2740 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2741 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2742 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2743 /// struct, e.g.,
2744 ///
2745 /// @code
2746 /// union {
2747 ///   int i;
2748 ///   float f;
2749 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2750 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2751 /// @endcode
2752 ///
2753 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2754 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2755 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2756                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2757                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2758                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2759                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2760                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2761   unsigned diagKind
2762     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2763                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2764 
2765   bool Invalid = false;
2766 
2767   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2768   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2769                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2770        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2771     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2772         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2773       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2774       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2775                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2776         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2777         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2778         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2779         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2780         Invalid = true;
2781       } else {
2782         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2783         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2784         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2785         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2786         //   anonymous union is declared.
2787         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2788         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2789           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2790                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2791             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2792         else
2793           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2794 
2795         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2796         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2797           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2798         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2799           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2800 
2801         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2802           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2803                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2804                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2805 
2806         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2807         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2808         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2809 
2810         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2811         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2812 
2813         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2814       }
2815     }
2816   }
2817 
2818   return Invalid;
2819 }
2820 
2821 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2822 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2823 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2824 static StorageClass
2825 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2826   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2827   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2828   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2829   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2830   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2831   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2832   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2833     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2834   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2835   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2836   }
2837   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2838 }
2839 
2840 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2841 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2842 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2843 static StorageClass
2844 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2845   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2846   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2847   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2848   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2849   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2850     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2851   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2852   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2853   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2854   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2855   }
2856   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2857 }
2858 
2859 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2860 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2861 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
2862 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
2863 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2864                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2865                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2866   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2867 
2868   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2869   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
2870     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2871   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2872     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
2873   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
2874     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
2875 
2876   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2877   // structs/unions.
2878   bool Invalid = false;
2879   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2880     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2881     unsigned DiagID;
2882     if (Record->isUnion()) {
2883       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2884       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2885       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2886       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2887           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2888            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2889             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2890         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
2891           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
2892 
2893         // Recover by adding 'static'.
2894         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2895                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2896       }
2897       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2898       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2899       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2900       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2901                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2902         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2903              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
2904           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2905 
2906         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2907         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
2908                                SourceLocation(),
2909                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2910       }
2911     }
2912 
2913     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
2914     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2915       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2916         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2917           << Record->isUnion() << 0
2918           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
2919       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2920         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
2921              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2922           << Record->isUnion() << 1
2923           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
2924       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2925         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2926              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2927           << Record->isUnion() << 2
2928           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
2929 
2930       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
2931     }
2932 
2933     // C++ [class.union]p2:
2934     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
2935     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
2936     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
2937     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
2938                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
2939          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
2940       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
2941         // C++ [class.union]p3:
2942         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
2943         //   members (clause 11).
2944         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
2945         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
2946           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
2947             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
2948           Invalid = true;
2949         }
2950 
2951         // C++ [class.union]p1
2952         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
2953         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
2954         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
2955         //   array of such objects.
2956         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
2957           Invalid = true;
2958       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
2959         // Any implicit members are fine.
2960       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
2961         // This is a type that showed up in an
2962         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
2963         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
2964         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
2965       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
2966         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2967             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
2968           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2969           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2970             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2971               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2972           else {
2973             // This is a nested type declaration.
2974             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2975               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2976             Invalid = true;
2977           }
2978         }
2979       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
2980         // Any access specifier is fine.
2981       } else {
2982         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
2983         // member. Complain about it.
2984         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
2985         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
2986           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
2987         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
2988           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
2989         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
2990           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
2991 
2992         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2993         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
2994             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2995           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2996             << (int)Record->isUnion();
2997         else {
2998           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
2999               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3000           Invalid = true;
3001         }
3002       }
3003     }
3004   }
3005 
3006   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3007     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3008       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3009     Invalid = true;
3010   }
3011 
3012   // Mock up a declarator.
3013   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3014   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3015   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3016 
3017   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3018   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3019   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3020     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3021                              DS.getLocStart(),
3022                              Record->getLocation(),
3023                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3024                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3025                              TInfo,
3026                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3027                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3028     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3029     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3030       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3031   } else {
3032     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3033     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3034            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3035     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3036     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3037       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3038       // an error here
3039       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3040       Invalid = true;
3041       SC = SC_None;
3042     }
3043     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3044     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3045       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3046 
3047     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3048                            DS.getLocStart(),
3049                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3050                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3051                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3052 
3053     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3054     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3055     // initializer:
3056     //   union { int n = 0; };
3057     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3058   }
3059   Anon->setImplicit();
3060 
3061   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3062   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3063   // its members.
3064   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3065 
3066   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3067   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3068   // purposes.
3069   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3070   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3071 
3072   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3073                                           Chain, false))
3074     Invalid = true;
3075 
3076   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3077   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3078   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3079   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3080   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3081   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3082   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3083 
3084   if (Invalid)
3085     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3086 
3087   return Anon;
3088 }
3089 
3090 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3091 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3092 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3093 /// Example:
3094 ///
3095 /// struct A { int a; };
3096 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3097 ///
3098 /// void foo() {
3099 ///   B var;
3100 ///   var.a = 3;
3101 /// }
3102 ///
3103 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3104                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3105 
3106   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3107   if (!Record)
3108     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3109 
3110   // Mock up a declarator.
3111   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3112   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3113   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3114 
3115   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3116   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3117                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3118                              DS.getLocStart(),
3119                              DS.getLocStart(),
3120                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3121                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3122                              TInfo,
3123                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3124                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3125   Anon->setImplicit();
3126 
3127   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3128   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3129 
3130   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3131   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3132   // purposes.
3133   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3134   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3135 
3136   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3137   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3138                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3139                                                         Chain, true))
3140     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3141 
3142   return Anon;
3143 }
3144 
3145 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3146 /// given Declarator.
3147 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3148   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3149 }
3150 
3151 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3152 DeclarationNameInfo
3153 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3154   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3155   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3156 
3157   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3158 
3159   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3160   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3161     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3162     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3163     return NameInfo;
3164 
3165   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3166     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3167                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3168     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3169     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3170       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3171     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3172       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3173     return NameInfo;
3174 
3175   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3176     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3177                                                            Name.Identifier));
3178     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3179     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3180     return NameInfo;
3181 
3182   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3183     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3184     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3185     if (Ty.isNull())
3186       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3187     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3188                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3189     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3190     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3191     return NameInfo;
3192   }
3193 
3194   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3195     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3196     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3197     if (Ty.isNull())
3198       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3199     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3200                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3201     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3202     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3203     return NameInfo;
3204   }
3205 
3206   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3207     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3208     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3209     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3210     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3211     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3212       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3213 
3214     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3215     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3216 
3217     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3218     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3219     // was qualified.
3220 
3221     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3222                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3223     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3224     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3225     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3226     return NameInfo;
3227   }
3228 
3229   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3230     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3231     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3232     if (Ty.isNull())
3233       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3234     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3235                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3236     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3237     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3238     return NameInfo;
3239   }
3240 
3241   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3242     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3243     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3244     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3245   }
3246 
3247   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3248 
3249   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3250 }
3251 
3252 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3253   do {
3254     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3255       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3256     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3257       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3258     else
3259       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3260   } while (true);
3261 }
3262 
3263 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3264 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3265 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3266 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3267 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3268 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3269 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3270 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3271                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3272                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3273                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3274   Params.clear();
3275   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3276     return false;
3277   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3278     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3279     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3280 
3281     // The parameter types are identical
3282     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3283       continue;
3284 
3285     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3286     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3287     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3288     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3289 
3290     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3291         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3292       Params.push_back(Idx);
3293     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3294       return false;
3295   }
3296 
3297   return true;
3298 }
3299 
3300 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3301 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3302 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3303 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3304 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3305 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3306                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3307   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3308   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3309   //   - types which will become injected class names
3310   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3311   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3312   // few cases here.
3313 
3314   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3315   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3316   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3317   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3318   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3319   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3320   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3321     // Grab the type from the parser.
3322     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3323     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3324     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3325 
3326     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3327     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3328     // attached already.
3329     if (!TSI)
3330       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3331 
3332     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3333     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3334     if (!TSI) return true;
3335 
3336     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3337     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3338     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3339     break;
3340   }
3341 
3342   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3343     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3344     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3345     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3346     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3347     break;
3348   }
3349 
3350   default:
3351     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3352     break;
3353   }
3354 
3355   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3356   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3357     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3358 
3359     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3360     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3361     // pointer.
3362     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3363       continue;
3364 
3365     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3366     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3367     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3368       return true;
3369   }
3370 
3371   return false;
3372 }
3373 
3374 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3375   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3376   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
3377 
3378   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3379       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3380     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3381 
3382   return Dcl;
3383 }
3384 
3385 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3386 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3387 ///   name different from T:
3388 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3389 ///     - every member function of class T
3390 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3391 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3392 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3393                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3394   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3395 
3396   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3397     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3398       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3399       return true;
3400     }
3401 
3402   return false;
3403 }
3404 
3405 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3406 /// nested-name-specifier.
3407 ///
3408 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3409 ///
3410 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3411 /// resolves.
3412 ///
3413 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3414 ///
3415 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3416 ///
3417 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3418 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3419                                         DeclarationName Name,
3420                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3421   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3422   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3423     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3424 
3425   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3426   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3427   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3428   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3429   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3430   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3431   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3432   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3433 
3434   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3435   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3436   //
3437   // class X {
3438   //   void X::f();
3439   // };
3440   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3441     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
3442       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3443     SS.clear();
3444     return false;
3445   }
3446 
3447   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3448   // declaration.
3449   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3450     if (Cur->isRecord())
3451       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3452         << Name << SS.getRange();
3453     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3454       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3455         << Name << SS.getRange();
3456     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3457       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3458         << Name << SS.getRange();
3459     else
3460       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3461       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
3462 
3463     return true;
3464   }
3465 
3466   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
3467     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
3468     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3469       << Name << SS.getRange();
3470     SS.clear();
3471 
3472     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3473     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3474     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3475     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3476          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3477         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3478                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
3479       return true;
3480 
3481     return false;
3482   }
3483 
3484   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
3485   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3486   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3487   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
3488   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3489     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3490   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3491         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3492     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3493       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3494 
3495   return false;
3496 }
3497 
3498 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3499                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3500   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3501   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3502   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3503 
3504   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3505   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3506   if (!Name) {
3507     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3508       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
3509            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3510         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3511     return 0;
3512   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3513     return 0;
3514 
3515   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3516   // we find one that is.
3517   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3518          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3519     S = S->getParent();
3520 
3521   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3522   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3523     D.setInvalidType();
3524   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3525     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3526                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3527       return 0;
3528 
3529     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3530     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3531     if (!DC) {
3532       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3533       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3534       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3535       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3536       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3537            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3538         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3539         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3540       return 0;
3541     }
3542     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3543 
3544     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3545         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3546       return 0;
3547 
3548     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3549       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3550            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3551         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3552       D.setInvalidType();
3553     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3554       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
3555                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
3556         if (DC->isRecord())
3557           return 0;
3558 
3559         D.setInvalidType();
3560       }
3561     }
3562 
3563     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3564     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3565     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3566         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3567       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3568       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3569         D.setInvalidType();
3570     }
3571   }
3572 
3573   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3574     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3575     // Just return early; it's safer.
3576     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3577       return 0;
3578 
3579   NamedDecl *New;
3580 
3581   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3582   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3583 
3584   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3585                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3586     D.setInvalidType();
3587 
3588   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3589                         ForRedeclaration);
3590 
3591   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3592   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3593     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3594 
3595     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3596     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3597     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3598     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3599       /* Do nothing*/;
3600     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3601       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3602           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3603         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3604     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3605       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3606     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3607              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3608       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3609 
3610     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3611       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3612 
3613     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3614   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3615     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3616 
3617     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3618     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
3619     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
3620     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
3621     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
3622     //  thereof; [...]
3623     //
3624     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
3625     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
3626     // we want to match. For example, given:
3627     //
3628     //   class X {
3629     //     void f();
3630     //     void f(float);
3631     //   };
3632     //
3633     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3634     //
3635     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
3636     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3637     // matches.
3638 
3639     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3640     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
3641     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
3642     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3643     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3644   }
3645 
3646   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3647       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3648     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3649     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3650       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3651                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3652 
3653     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3654     Previous.clear();
3655   }
3656 
3657   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3658   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3659   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3660   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3661   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3662       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3663     Previous.clear();
3664 
3665   bool AddToScope = true;
3666   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3667     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3668       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3669       return 0;
3670     }
3671 
3672     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3673   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3674     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3675                                   move(TemplateParamLists),
3676                                   AddToScope);
3677   } else {
3678     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3679                                   move(TemplateParamLists));
3680   }
3681 
3682   if (New == 0)
3683     return 0;
3684 
3685   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3686   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3687   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3688        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3689     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3690 
3691   return New;
3692 }
3693 
3694 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3695 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3696 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3697 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3698                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3699                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3700                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3701   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3702   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3703   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3704   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3705   SizeIsNegative = false;
3706   Oversized = 0;
3707 
3708   if (T->isDependentType())
3709     return QualType();
3710 
3711   QualifierCollector Qs;
3712   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3713 
3714   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3715     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3716     QualType FixedType =
3717         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3718                                             Oversized);
3719     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3720     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3721     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3722   }
3723   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3724     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3725     QualType FixedType =
3726         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3727                                             Oversized);
3728     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3729     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3730     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3731   }
3732 
3733   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3734   if (!VLATy)
3735     return QualType();
3736   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3737   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3738     return QualType();
3739 
3740   llvm::APSInt Res;
3741   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3742       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3743     return QualType();
3744 
3745   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3746   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3747     SizeIsNegative = true;
3748     return QualType();
3749   }
3750 
3751   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3752   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3753     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3754                                               Res);
3755   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3756     Oversized = Res;
3757     return QualType();
3758   }
3759 
3760   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3761                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3762 }
3763 
3764 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3765 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3766 void
3767 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3768                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3769                                        Scope *S) {
3770   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3771          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3772   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3773   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3774 
3775   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3776     return;
3777 
3778   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3779 
3780   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3781   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3782   // declaration.
3783   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3784     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3785     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3786 
3787     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3788       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3789       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3790       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3791       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3792 
3793     } else {
3794       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3795       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3796         S = S->getParent();
3797     }
3798 
3799     if (S)
3800       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3801   }
3802 }
3803 
3804 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3805 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3806   if (ExternalSource) {
3807     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3808     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3809     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3810     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3811       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3812         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3813       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3814         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3815     }
3816   }
3817 
3818   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3819 }
3820 
3821 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3822 /// does not identify a function.
3823 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3824   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3825   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3826   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3827     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3828          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3829 
3830   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3831     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3832          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3833 
3834   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3835     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3836          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3837 }
3838 
3839 NamedDecl*
3840 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3841                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
3842   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3843   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3844     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3845       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3846     D.setInvalidType();
3847     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3848     DC = CurContext;
3849     Previous.clear();
3850   }
3851 
3852   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3853     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3854     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3855   }
3856 
3857   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3858 
3859   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3860     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3861   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3862     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3863       << 1;
3864 
3865   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3866     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3867       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3868     return 0;
3869   }
3870 
3871   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
3872   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3873 
3874   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3875   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3876 
3877   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3878 
3879   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
3880   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3881   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
3882   return ND;
3883 }
3884 
3885 void
3886 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3887   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3888   // then it shall have block scope.
3889   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3890   // that redeclarations will match.
3891   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3892   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3893     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3894 
3895     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3896       bool SizeIsNegative;
3897       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3898       QualType FixedTy =
3899           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3900                                               Oversized);
3901       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3902         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3903         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3904       } else {
3905         if (SizeIsNegative)
3906           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3907         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3908           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3909         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3910           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
3911             << Oversized.toString(10);
3912         else
3913           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
3914         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
3915       }
3916     }
3917   }
3918 }
3919 
3920 
3921 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
3922 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
3923 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
3924 NamedDecl*
3925 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
3926                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
3927   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
3928   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
3929   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
3930                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
3931   if (!Previous.empty()) {
3932     Redeclaration = true;
3933     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
3934   }
3935 
3936   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
3937   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
3938     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
3939         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
3940       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
3941         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
3942       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
3943         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3944       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
3945         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3946       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
3947         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
3948     }
3949 
3950   return NewTD;
3951 }
3952 
3953 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
3954 /// previous declaration.
3955 ///
3956 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
3957 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
3958 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
3959 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
3960 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
3961 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
3962 ///
3963 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
3964 /// lookup
3965 ///
3966 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
3967 /// declared.
3968 ///
3969 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
3970 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
3971 static bool
3972 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
3973                                 ASTContext &Context) {
3974   if (!PrevDecl)
3975     return false;
3976 
3977   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
3978     return false;
3979 
3980   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3981     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
3982     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
3983     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
3984     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
3985     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
3986     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
3987     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
3988     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
3989       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
3990       return false;
3991 
3992     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
3993     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
3994       // We found a member function: ignore it.
3995       return false;
3996 
3997     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
3998     // previous declarations.
3999     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4000     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4001 
4002     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4003     // isn't the same function.
4004     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4005       return false;
4006   }
4007 
4008   return true;
4009 }
4010 
4011 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4012   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4013   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4014   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4015 }
4016 
4017 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4018   QualType type = decl->getType();
4019   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4020   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4021     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4022     unsigned kind = -1U;
4023     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4024       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4025         kind = 0; // __block
4026       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4027         kind = 1; // global
4028     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4029       kind = 3; // ivar
4030     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4031       kind = 2; // field
4032     }
4033 
4034     if (kind != -1U) {
4035       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4036         << kind;
4037     }
4038   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4039     // Try to infer lifetime.
4040     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4041       return false;
4042 
4043     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4044     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4045     decl->setType(type);
4046   }
4047 
4048   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4049     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4050     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4051         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
4052       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4053         << var->getType();
4054       return true;
4055     }
4056   }
4057 
4058   return false;
4059 }
4060 
4061 NamedDecl*
4062 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4063                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4064                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4065   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4066   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4067 
4068   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4069   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4070     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4071 
4072   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4073   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4074          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4075   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4076   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4077     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4078     // an error here
4079     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4080     D.setInvalidType();
4081     SC = SC_None;
4082   }
4083   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4084   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4085     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4086 
4087   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4088   if (!II) {
4089     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4090       << Name;
4091     return 0;
4092   }
4093 
4094   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4095 
4096   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4097     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4098     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4099     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4100 
4101       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4102       // is a GNU extension.
4103       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4104         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4105       else
4106         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4107       D.setInvalidType();
4108     }
4109   }
4110 
4111   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4112     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4113     // OpenCL __local address space.
4114     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
4115       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4116   }
4117 
4118   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4119   VarDecl *NewVD;
4120   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4121     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4122                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4123                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4124 
4125     if (D.isInvalidType())
4126       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4127   } else {
4128     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4129       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4130       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4131         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4132              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4133           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4134       } else if (SC == SC_None)
4135         SC = SC_Static;
4136     }
4137     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4138       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4139         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4140           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4141                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4142             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4143 
4144         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4145         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4146         if (RD->isUnion())
4147           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4148                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
4149                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4150                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4151         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4152         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4153           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4154                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4155             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4156       }
4157     }
4158 
4159     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4160     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4161     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4162     bool Invalid = false;
4163     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4164         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4165                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4166                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4167                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4168                                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
4169                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4170                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4171                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4172                                                   Invalid)) {
4173       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4174         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4175         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4176           << II
4177           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4178                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4179         return 0;
4180       } else {
4181         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4182         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4183         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4184              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4185           << II
4186           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4187                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4188       }
4189     }
4190 
4191     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4192                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4193                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4194 
4195     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4196     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4197     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
4198         R->getContainedAutoType())
4199       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4200 
4201     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4202       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4203 
4204     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4205 
4206     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4207       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4208                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4209                                            TemplateParamLists.release());
4210     }
4211 
4212     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4213       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4214   }
4215 
4216   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4217   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4218   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4219 
4220   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4221     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4222       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4223     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4224       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4225     else
4226       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4227   }
4228 
4229   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4230     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4231       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4232         << 2
4233         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4234     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4235       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4236         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4237         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4238         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4239     else
4240       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4241   }
4242 
4243   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4244   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4245 
4246   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4247   // retainable type.
4248   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4249     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4250 
4251   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4252   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4253     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4254     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4255     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4256     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4257       switch (SC) {
4258       case SC_None:
4259       case SC_Auto:
4260         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4261         break;
4262       case SC_Register:
4263         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4264           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4265         break;
4266       case SC_Static:
4267       case SC_Extern:
4268       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4269       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4270         break;
4271       }
4272     }
4273 
4274     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4275                                                 Context, Label));
4276   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4277     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4278       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4279     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4280       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4281       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4282     }
4283   }
4284 
4285   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4286   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4287     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4288 
4289   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4290   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4291   // declaration has linkage).
4292   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4293                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4294 
4295   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4296     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4297   } else {
4298     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4299     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4300       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4301           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4302           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4303         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4304         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4305         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4306           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4307         Previous.clear();
4308         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4309       }
4310     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4311       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4312       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4313         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4314         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4315       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4316     }
4317 
4318     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4319 
4320     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4321     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4322         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4323       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4324   }
4325 
4326   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4327   // such variables.
4328   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4329       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4330     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4331 
4332   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4333   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4334   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4335     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4336 
4337   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
4338 
4339   return NewVD;
4340 }
4341 
4342 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4343 /// -Wshadow.
4344 ///
4345 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4346 /// scope.
4347 ///
4348 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4349 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4350 ///
4351 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4352   // Return if warning is ignored.
4353   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4354         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4355     return;
4356 
4357   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4358   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4359     return;
4360 
4361   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4362 
4363   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4364   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4365     return;
4366 
4367   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4368   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4369     return;
4370 
4371   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4372   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4373     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4374       if (MD->isStatic())
4375         return;
4376 
4377   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4378     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4379       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4380       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4381       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4382              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4383            I != E; ++I)
4384         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4385           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4386           break;
4387         }
4388     }
4389 
4390   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4391 
4392   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4393   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4394     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4395     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4396       return;
4397 
4398     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4399     // static data members from base classes?
4400 
4401     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4402     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4403     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4404   }
4405 
4406   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4407   unsigned Kind;
4408   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4409     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4410       Kind = 3; // field
4411     else
4412       Kind = 2; // static data member
4413   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4414     Kind = 1; // global
4415   else
4416     Kind = 0; // local
4417 
4418   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4419 
4420   // Emit warning and note.
4421   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4422   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4423 }
4424 
4425 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4426 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4427   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4428         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4429     return;
4430 
4431   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4432                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4433   LookupName(R, S);
4434   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4435 }
4436 
4437 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4438 /// declaration.
4439 ///
4440 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4441 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4442 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4443 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4444 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4445 ///
4446 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4447 ///
4448 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4449 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4450                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4451   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4452   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4453     return false;
4454 
4455   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4456 
4457   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4458     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4459       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4460     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4461     NewVD->setType(T);
4462   }
4463 
4464   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4465   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4466   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4467   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4468   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4469     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4470     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4471     return false;
4472   }
4473 
4474   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
4475   // scope.
4476   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
4477       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4478     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
4479     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4480     return false;
4481   }
4482 
4483   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4484       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4485     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4486       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4487     else
4488       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4489   }
4490 
4491   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4492   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4493       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4494     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4495 
4496   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4497       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4498     bool SizeIsNegative;
4499     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4500     QualType FixedTy =
4501         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4502                                             Oversized);
4503 
4504     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4505       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4506       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4507       // int a[10][n];
4508       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4509 
4510       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4511         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4512         << SizeRange;
4513       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4514         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4515         << SizeRange;
4516       else
4517         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4518         << SizeRange;
4519       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4520       return false;
4521     }
4522 
4523     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4524       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4525         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4526       else
4527         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4528       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4529       return false;
4530     }
4531 
4532     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4533     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4534   }
4535 
4536   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4537     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4538     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4539     // declaration with the same name.
4540     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4541       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4542     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4543       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4544   }
4545 
4546   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4547     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4548       << T;
4549     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4550     return false;
4551   }
4552 
4553   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4554     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4555     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4556     return false;
4557   }
4558 
4559   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4560     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4561     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4562     return false;
4563   }
4564 
4565   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
4566       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
4567                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
4568     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4569     return false;
4570   }
4571 
4572   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4573     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4574     return true;
4575   }
4576   return false;
4577 }
4578 
4579 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4580 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4581   Sema *S;
4582   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4583 };
4584 
4585 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4586 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4587 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4588 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4589                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4590                                  void *UserData) {
4591   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4592 
4593   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4594     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4595 
4596   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4597 
4598   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4599   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4600     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4601     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4602     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4603 
4604     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4605   }
4606 
4607   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4608        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4609        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4610     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4611     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4612       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4613         return true;
4614     }
4615   }
4616 
4617   return false;
4618 }
4619 
4620 static bool hasDelayedExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
4621   const FunctionProtoType *Proto =Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4622   return Proto && Proto->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed;
4623 }
4624 
4625 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4626 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4627 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4628   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4629   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4630   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4631   Data.Method = MD;
4632   Data.S = this;
4633   bool AddedAny = false;
4634   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4635     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4636          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4637       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4638         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4639         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4640             (hasDelayedExceptionSpec(MD) ||
4641              !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD)) &&
4642             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4643           AddedAny = true;
4644         }
4645       }
4646     }
4647   }
4648 
4649   return AddedAny;
4650 }
4651 
4652 namespace {
4653   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4654   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4655   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4656     Scope *S;
4657     Declarator &D;
4658     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4659     bool AddToScope;
4660   };
4661 }
4662 
4663 namespace {
4664 
4665 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4666 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
4667 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4668  public:
4669   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
4670                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
4671       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
4672         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
4673 
4674   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4675     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
4676       return false;
4677 
4678     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4679     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4680                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4681          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4682       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4683 
4684       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4685           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4686         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4687           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
4688           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
4689             return true;
4690         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
4691           return true;
4692         }
4693       }
4694     }
4695 
4696     return false;
4697   }
4698 
4699  private:
4700   ASTContext &Context;
4701   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
4702   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
4703 };
4704 
4705 }
4706 
4707 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4708 ///
4709 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4710 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4711 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4712 /// the same name.
4713 ///
4714 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4715 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4716 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4717     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4718     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4719   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4720   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4721   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4722   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4723                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4724   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4725   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4726   TypoCorrection Correction;
4727   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4728                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4729   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4730                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4731 
4732   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4733   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4734   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4735          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4736   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
4737   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
4738                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
4739   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4740     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4741          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4742       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4743       if (FD &&
4744           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4745         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4746         // involve a parameter
4747         unsigned ParamNum =
4748             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4749         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4750       }
4751     }
4752   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4753   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4754                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
4755                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
4756     // Trap errors.
4757     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
4758 
4759     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
4760     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
4761                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4762     Previous.clear();
4763     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
4764     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4765                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4766          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4767       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4768       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4769           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4770         Previous.addDecl(FD);
4771       }
4772     }
4773     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
4774     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
4775     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
4776     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
4777     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
4778         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
4779         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
4780         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
4781         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
4782     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
4783       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
4784       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4785                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4786       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
4787       Previous.clear();
4788       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
4789       Result = NULL;
4790     } else {
4791       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
4792                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
4793            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4794         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
4795           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
4796       }
4797     }
4798     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
4799       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4800       Correction = TypoCorrection();
4801     } else {
4802       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4803                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4804     }
4805   }
4806 
4807   if (Correction) {
4808     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
4809     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4810     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
4811       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
4812     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
4813         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
4814         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4815             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
4816   } else {
4817     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4818         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
4819   }
4820 
4821   bool NewFDisConst = false;
4822   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4823     NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4824 
4825   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4826        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4827        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4828     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4829     bool FDisConst = false;
4830     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
4831       FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4832 
4833     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4834       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4835       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
4836       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
4837       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4838           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4839     } else if (Correction) {
4840       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4841           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4842     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
4843       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
4844           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4845     } else
4846       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4847   }
4848   return Result;
4849 }
4850 
4851 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
4852                                                           Declarator &D) {
4853   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4854   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
4855   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4856   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4857   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4858     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4859                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4860     D.setInvalidType();
4861     break;
4862   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
4863   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
4864   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4865     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4866       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4867       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4868       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4869       //   other than extern
4870       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4871       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4872                    diag::err_static_block_func);
4873       break;
4874     } else
4875       return SC_Static;
4876   }
4877   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4878   }
4879 
4880   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
4881   return SC_None;
4882 }
4883 
4884 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
4885                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
4886                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4887                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
4888                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
4889   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4890   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4891 
4892   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
4893   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4894   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4895   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4896     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4897 
4898   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4899     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4900     // prototype. This true when:
4901     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4902     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4903     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4904     bool HasPrototype =
4905       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
4906       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
4907 
4908     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4909                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
4910                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4911                                  HasPrototype);
4912     if (D.isInvalidType())
4913       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4914 
4915     // Set the lexical context.
4916     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
4917 
4918     return NewFD;
4919   }
4920 
4921   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4922   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4923 
4924   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
4925   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
4926   // the class has been completely parsed.
4927   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
4928       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4929                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4930                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4931                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
4932     D.setInvalidType();
4933 
4934   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
4935     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
4936     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
4937            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
4938 
4939     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4940     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4941                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
4942                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
4943                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
4944                                       isConstexpr);
4945 
4946   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4947     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
4948     if (DC->isRecord()) {
4949       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4950       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4951       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
4952                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
4953                                         D.getLocStart(),
4954                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
4955                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
4956 
4957       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
4958       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
4959       // it yet.
4960       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
4961           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
4962           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
4963         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
4964       }
4965 
4966       IsVirtualOkay = true;
4967       return NewDD;
4968 
4969     } else {
4970       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
4971       D.setInvalidType();
4972 
4973       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
4974       // code path.
4975       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4976                                   D.getLocStart(),
4977                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
4978                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4979                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
4980     }
4981 
4982   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
4983     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
4984       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4985            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
4986       return 0;
4987     }
4988 
4989     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4990     IsVirtualOkay = true;
4991     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4992                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
4993                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
4994                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
4995 
4996   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
4997     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
4998     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
4999     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5000     // constructor if it has no return type).
5001     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5002         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5003       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5004         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5005         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5006       return 0;
5007     }
5008 
5009     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
5010 
5011     // [class.free]p1:
5012     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
5013     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5014     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
5015         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
5016       isStatic = true;
5017 
5018     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
5019     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5020     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5021         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
5022       isStatic = true;
5023 
5024     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
5025 
5026     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5027     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5028                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5029                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5030                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5031 
5032   } else {
5033     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5034     // prototype. This true when:
5035     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5036     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5037                                 D.getLocStart(),
5038                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5039                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5040   }
5041 }
5042 
5043 NamedDecl*
5044 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5045                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5046                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5047                               bool &AddToScope) {
5048   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5049 
5050   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5051 
5052   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5053   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5054   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5055   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5056 
5057   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
5058     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
5059 
5060   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5061   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
5062     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5063          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
5064     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
5065     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
5066 
5067     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5068     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5069     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
5070       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5071       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5072                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
5073     }
5074     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
5075       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
5076   }
5077 
5078   bool isFriend = false;
5079   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5080   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5081   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5082 
5083   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5084   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5085   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5086 
5087   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5088 
5089   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5090                                               isVirtualOkay);
5091   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5092 
5093   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5094     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5095 
5096   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5097     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5098     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5099     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5100     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5101     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5102     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5103       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5104       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5105       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5106       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5107     }
5108 
5109     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5110     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5111     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5112     if (D.isInvalidType())
5113       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5114 
5115     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5116     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5117     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5118     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5119 
5120     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5121     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5122     bool Invalid = false;
5123     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5124           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5125                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5126                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5127                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5128                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
5129                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5130                                   isFriend,
5131                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5132                                   Invalid)) {
5133       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5134         // This is a function template
5135 
5136         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5137         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5138           return 0;
5139 
5140         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5141         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5142           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5143           return 0;
5144         }
5145 
5146         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5147         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5148         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5149         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5150           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5151           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5152             Invalid = true;
5153         }
5154 
5155 
5156         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5157                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5158                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5159                                                         NewFD);
5160         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5161         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5162 
5163         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5164         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5165           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5166                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5167                                                TemplateParamLists.release());
5168         }
5169       } else {
5170         // This is a function template specialization.
5171         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5172         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5173         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5174                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5175                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
5176 
5177         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
5178         if (isFriend) {
5179           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
5180           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
5181 
5182           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
5183           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
5184           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
5185           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
5186           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
5187           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
5188           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5189             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
5190             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
5191           }
5192 
5193           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
5194             << Name << RemoveRange
5195             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
5196             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
5197         }
5198       }
5199     }
5200     else {
5201       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
5202       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
5203       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
5204         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5205         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5206                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5207                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
5208     }
5209 
5210     if (Invalid) {
5211       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5212       if (FunctionTemplate)
5213         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5214     }
5215 
5216     // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is
5217     // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration.
5218     // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here.
5219     if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration &&
5220         CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5221         D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() &&
5222         D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten()
5223           == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
5224       QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5225       DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0);
5226       if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic &&
5227           !C.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType() &&
5228           C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5229         SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc);
5230         Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange;
5231 
5232         // If the declaration looks like:
5233         //   T var1,
5234         //   f();
5235         // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was
5236         // probably intended to be a ';'.
5237         if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) {
5238           FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr);
5239           FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr);
5240           if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() ||
5241               Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) {
5242             LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(),
5243                                 LookupOrdinaryName);
5244             if (LookupName(Result, S))
5245               Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call)
5246                 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD;
5247           }
5248         }
5249         const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5250         // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default
5251         // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is
5252         // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op.
5253         if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() &&
5254             (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor()))
5255           Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor)
5256             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange);
5257         else {
5258           std::string Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T);
5259           if (Init.empty() && LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
5260             Init = "{}";
5261           if (!Init.empty())
5262             Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize)
5263               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init);
5264         }
5265       }
5266     }
5267 
5268     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5269     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5270     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5271     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5272     //
5273     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5274       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5275         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5276              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5277       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5278         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5279         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5280              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5281           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5282       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5283         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5284         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5285         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5286              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5287           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5288       } else {
5289         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5290         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5291       }
5292     }
5293 
5294     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5295     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5296     //  declaration.
5297     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5298       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5299         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5300         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5301              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5302           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5303       }
5304     }
5305 
5306     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5307     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5308     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5309     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5310     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5311       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5312         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5313         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5314              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5315           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5316       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5317                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5318         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5319         // or conversion function.
5320         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5321              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5322           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5323       }
5324     }
5325 
5326     if (isConstexpr) {
5327       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5328       // are implicitly inline.
5329       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5330 
5331       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5332       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5333       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5334       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5335         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5336     }
5337 
5338     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5339     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5340       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5341         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5342           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5343         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5344           << 0
5345           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5346       } else {
5347         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5348         if (FunctionTemplate)
5349           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5350       }
5351     }
5352 
5353     if (isFriend) {
5354       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5355       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5356         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5357         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5358       }
5359       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5360       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5361     }
5362 
5363     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5364     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5365       case FDK_Declaration:
5366       case FDK_Definition:
5367         break;
5368 
5369       case FDK_Defaulted:
5370         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5371         break;
5372 
5373       case FDK_Deleted:
5374         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5375         break;
5376     }
5377 
5378     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5379         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5380       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5381       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5382       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5383       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5384     }
5385 
5386     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5387         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5388       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5389       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5390       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5391       //   the class.
5392 
5393       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5394       // member function definition.
5395       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5396            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5397         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5398     }
5399   }
5400 
5401   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5402   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5403                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5404                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5405 
5406   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5407   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5408     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5409     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5410     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5411                                                 SE->getString()));
5412   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5413     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5414       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
5415     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5416       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
5417       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5418     }
5419   }
5420 
5421   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5422   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5423   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5424   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5425     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5426 
5427     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5428     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5429     // single void argument.
5430     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5431     // already checks for that case.
5432     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5433         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5434         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5435       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5436       ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
5437 
5438       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5439       // typedef of void is not permitted.
5440       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5441           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5442         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5443         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5444           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5445         else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5446                    Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5447           IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5448         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5449           << IsTypeAlias;
5450       }
5451     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5452       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5453         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5454         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5455         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5456         Params.push_back(Param);
5457 
5458         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5459           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5460       }
5461     }
5462 
5463   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5464     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5465     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5466     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5467     //
5468     // @code
5469     // typedef void fn(int);
5470     // fn f;
5471     // @endcode
5472 
5473     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5474     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5475          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5476       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5477         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5478       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5479       Params.push_back(Param);
5480     }
5481   } else {
5482     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5483            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5484   }
5485 
5486   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5487   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5488 
5489   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
5490   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
5491   //
5492   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
5493   //
5494   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
5495   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
5496   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
5497 
5498   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5499   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5500                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5501 
5502   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5503   // because all functions have linkage.
5504   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5505       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5506     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5507     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5508   }
5509 
5510   // Handle attributes.
5511   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5512                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5513 
5514   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5515     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5516     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5517     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5518       if (NewFD->isMain())
5519         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5520       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5521                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
5522     }
5523     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5524             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5525            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5526   } else {
5527     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5528     // argument list into our AST format.
5529     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5530       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5531       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5532       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5533       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
5534                                          TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5535                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5536       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5537                                  TemplateArgs);
5538       TemplateArgsPtr.release();
5539 
5540       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5541 
5542       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5543         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5544       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5545         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5546         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5547           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5548 
5549         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5550       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5551                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5552         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5553         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5554         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5555         // too few of them).
5556         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5557           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5558           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5559                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5560                                         "template<> ");
5561         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5562       } else {
5563         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5564         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5565       }
5566     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5567       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5568       // wrote something like:
5569       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5570       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5571       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5572       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5573       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5574         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5575       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5576     }
5577 
5578     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5579     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5580     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5581     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5582     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5583     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5584         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5585          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5586             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5587             InstantiationDependent))) {
5588       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5589              "friend function specialization without template args");
5590       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5591                                                        Previous))
5592         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5593     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5594       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5595           && !isFriend) {
5596         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5597         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
5598           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5599           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5600           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5601       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5602                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5603                                                      Previous))
5604         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5605 
5606       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5607       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5608       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5609       if (SC != SC_None) {
5610         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5611           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5612                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5613             << SC
5614             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5615                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5616 
5617         else
5618           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5619                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5620             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5621                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5622       }
5623 
5624     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5625       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5626           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5627     }
5628 
5629     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5630     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5631       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5632         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5633         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5634         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5635           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5636       } else {
5637         if (NewFD->isMain())
5638           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5639         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5640                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5641       }
5642     }
5643 
5644     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5645             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5646            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5647 
5648     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5649                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5650                                 : NewFD);
5651 
5652     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5653       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5654       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5655         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5656 
5657       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5658       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5659 
5660       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5661     }
5662 
5663     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5664         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5665       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5666 
5667     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5668     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5669     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5670       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5671                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5672       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5673                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5674                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5675                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5676                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5677                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5678                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5679                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5680                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5681                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5682                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5683     }
5684 
5685     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5686       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5687     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5688       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5689                                        AddToScope };
5690       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5691       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5692         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5693 
5694       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5695       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5696         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5697         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5698 
5699         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5700         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5701         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5702         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5703         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5704         // can actually do this check immediately.
5705         if (isFriend &&
5706             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5707              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5708              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5709           // ignore these
5710         } else {
5711           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5712           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5713           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5714           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5715           //
5716           // class X {
5717           //   void f() const;
5718           // };
5719           //
5720           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5721           //
5722           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5723           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5724           // whether the parameter types are references).
5725 
5726           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5727                                                                NewFD,
5728                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5729             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5730             return Result;
5731           }
5732         }
5733 
5734         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5735         // to something.
5736       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5737         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5738                                                              NewFD,
5739                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5740           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5741           return Result;
5742         }
5743       }
5744 
5745     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5746                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5747                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5748       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5749       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5750       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5751       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5752       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5753       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
5754       // generate them.
5755       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5756         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5757     }
5758   }
5759 
5760   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5761 
5762   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5763       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5764     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5765          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5766       << NewFD;
5767 
5768     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5769     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5770     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5771     EPI.Variadic = true;
5772     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5773 
5774     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5775     NewFD->setType(R);
5776   }
5777 
5778   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5779   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5780   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5781     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5782 
5783   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
5784   // marking the function.
5785   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
5786 
5787   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5788   // map of such names.
5789   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5790       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5791     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5792 
5793   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5794   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5795 
5796   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5797     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5798       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5799         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5800       return FunctionTemplate;
5801     }
5802   }
5803 
5804   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
5805   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5806       && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()
5807       && (SC == SC_Static)) {
5808     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
5809     D.setInvalidType();
5810   }
5811 
5812   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5813 
5814   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
5815     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5816       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5817           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5818         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5819           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5820             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5821 
5822           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5823         }
5824       }
5825 
5826   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5827   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5828   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5829   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5830     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5831                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5832                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
5833                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
5834                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
5835     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5836     AddToScope = false;
5837   }
5838 
5839   return NewFD;
5840 }
5841 
5842 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5843 ///
5844 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5845 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5846 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5847 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5848 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5849 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5850 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5851 ///
5852 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
5853 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5854 ///
5855 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5856 ///
5857 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
5858 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5859                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5860                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
5861   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5862          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5863 
5864   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5865   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5866     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5867     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5868     // declaration with the same name.
5869     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5870       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5871     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5872       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5873   }
5874 
5875   bool Redeclaration = false;
5876 
5877   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5878   // the same name, if appropriate.
5879   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5880     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5881     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5882     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5883     // function to the scope.
5884 
5885     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5886     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5887       Redeclaration = true;
5888       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5889     } else {
5890       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5891                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5892       case Ovl_Match:
5893         Redeclaration = true;
5894         break;
5895 
5896       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5897         Redeclaration = true;
5898         break;
5899 
5900       case Ovl_Overload:
5901         Redeclaration = false;
5902         break;
5903       }
5904 
5905       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5906         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5907         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5908         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5909           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5910         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5911         if (Redeclaration)
5912           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5913         else if (!Previous.empty())
5914           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5915         if (OverloadedDecl)
5916           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5917                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5918         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5919                                                         Context));
5920       }
5921     }
5922 
5923     if (Redeclaration) {
5924       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5925       // merged.
5926       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
5927         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5928         return Redeclaration;
5929       }
5930 
5931       Previous.clear();
5932       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5933 
5934       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5935                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5936         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5937         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5938           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5939         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5940         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5941               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5942           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5943           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5944         }
5945 
5946         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
5947         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
5948         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
5949             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
5950           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
5951           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
5952         }
5953 
5954       } else {
5955         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
5956           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
5957         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
5958       }
5959     }
5960   }
5961 
5962   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
5963   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5964     // C++-specific checks.
5965     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5966       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
5967     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
5968                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5969       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
5970       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5971 
5972       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
5973       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
5974       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
5975         DeclarationName Name
5976           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5977                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
5978         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
5979           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
5980           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5981           return Redeclaration;
5982         }
5983       }
5984     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
5985                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5986       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
5987     }
5988 
5989     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
5990     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5991       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
5992           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5993         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
5994           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
5995           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
5996             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
5997               << NewFD->getDeclName();
5998             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
5999                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
6000                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
6001                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
6002                  ++Overridden) {
6003               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
6004                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6005             }
6006           }
6007         }
6008       }
6009 
6010       if (Method->isStatic())
6011         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6012     }
6013 
6014     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6015     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6016         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6017       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6018       return Redeclaration;
6019     }
6020 
6021     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6022     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6023         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6024       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6025       return Redeclaration;
6026     }
6027 
6028     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6029     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6030     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6031     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6032       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6033 
6034     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6035     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6036     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6037       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6038       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6039       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6040         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6041         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6042         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6043       }
6044     }
6045 
6046     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6047     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6048     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6049     if (NewFD->isExternC()) {
6050       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6051       if (!R.isPODType(Context) &&
6052           !R->isVoidType())
6053         Diag( NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt )
6054           << NewFD << R;
6055     }
6056   }
6057   return Redeclaration;
6058 }
6059 
6060 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6061   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6062   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6063   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
6064   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
6065   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6066   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6067     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6068          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6069       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6070   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6071     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6072       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6073   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6074     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6075       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6076     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6077   }
6078 
6079   QualType T = FD->getType();
6080   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
6081   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
6082 
6083   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
6084   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
6085     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
6086     // set the flag which tells us that.
6087     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6088     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6089 
6090   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
6091   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
6092   // implicit-return-zero rule.
6093   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6094     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
6095 
6096   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
6097   } else {
6098     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
6099     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6100   }
6101 
6102   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
6103   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
6104 
6105   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
6106   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
6107   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
6108 
6109   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
6110 
6111   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
6112   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
6113   // getting shifty.
6114   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
6115     HasExtraParameters = false;
6116 
6117   if (HasExtraParameters) {
6118     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
6119     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6120     nparams = 3;
6121   }
6122 
6123   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
6124   // if we had some location information about types.
6125 
6126   QualType CharPP =
6127     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
6128   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
6129 
6130   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
6131     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
6132 
6133     bool mismatch = true;
6134 
6135     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
6136       mismatch = false;
6137     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
6138       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
6139       //   char const **
6140       //   char const * const *
6141       //   char * const *
6142 
6143       QualifierCollector qs;
6144       const PointerType* PT;
6145       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6146           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6147           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
6148         qs.removeConst();
6149         mismatch = !qs.empty();
6150       }
6151     }
6152 
6153     if (mismatch) {
6154       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
6155       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
6156       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6157     }
6158   }
6159 
6160   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6161     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
6162   }
6163 
6164   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6165     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
6166     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6167   }
6168 }
6169 
6170 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
6171   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
6172   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
6173   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
6174   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
6175   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
6176   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
6177   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
6178   // rules there don't matter.)
6179   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
6180     return false;
6181   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
6182     << Init->getSourceRange();
6183   return true;
6184 }
6185 
6186 namespace {
6187   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
6188   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
6189   class SelfReferenceChecker
6190       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
6191     Sema &S;
6192     Decl *OrigDecl;
6193     bool isRecordType;
6194     bool isPODType;
6195 
6196   public:
6197     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
6198 
6199     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
6200                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
6201       isPODType = false;
6202       isRecordType = false;
6203       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
6204         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
6205         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
6206       }
6207     }
6208 
6209     // Sometimes, the expression passed in lacks the casts that are used
6210     // to determine which DeclRefExpr's to check.  Assume that the casts
6211     // are present and continue visiting the expression.
6212     void HandleExpr(Expr *E) {
6213       // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record type.  Doing so is a
6214       // way to silence uninitialized warnings.
6215       if (isRecordType)
6216         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6217           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6218 
6219       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6220         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6221         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6222       }
6223 
6224       Visit(E);
6225     }
6226 
6227     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
6228     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
6229     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
6230     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
6231       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6232       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
6233         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6234         return;
6235       }
6236 
6237       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6238         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6239         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6240       }
6241     }
6242 
6243     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
6244       if ((!isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) ||
6245           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
6246         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6247 
6248       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
6249     }
6250 
6251     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
6252       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
6253       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
6254 
6255       ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl();
6256       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD);
6257       if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || (MD && !MD->isStatic()))
6258         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
6259               = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
6260           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6261           return;
6262         }
6263 
6264       Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
6265     }
6266 
6267     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
6268       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
6269       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && isPODType &&
6270           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) return;
6271       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
6272     }
6273 
6274     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
6275 
6276     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
6277       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6278       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
6279       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6280                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
6281       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
6282                             S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init)
6283                               << Result.getLookupName()
6284                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
6285                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
6286     }
6287   };
6288 }
6289 
6290 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
6291 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) {
6292   SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).HandleExpr(E);
6293 }
6294 
6295 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
6296 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
6297 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
6298 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
6299                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6300   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
6301   // the initializer.
6302   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6303     return;
6304 
6305   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6306     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
6307     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
6308     // Thus this grotesque test.
6309     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6310     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6311         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6312       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6313     else {
6314       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6315         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6316       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6317     }
6318     return;
6319   }
6320 
6321   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6322   if (!VDecl) {
6323     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6324     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6325     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6326     return;
6327   }
6328 
6329   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
6330   // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled
6331   // by a dataflow analysis.
6332   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal())
6333     CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
6334 
6335   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
6336 
6337   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6338   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) {
6339     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
6340     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
6341     // contains exactly one expression.
6342     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6343       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6344         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
6345         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
6346         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
6347              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
6348           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6349           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6350         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6351         return;
6352       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
6353         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
6354              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
6355           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6356           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6357         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6358         return;
6359       } else {
6360         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
6361       }
6362     }
6363     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6364     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
6365             DAR_Failed)
6366       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
6367     if (!DeducedType) {
6368       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6369       return;
6370     }
6371     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6372     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6373     VDecl->ClearLinkageCache();
6374 
6375     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6376     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6377       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6378 
6379     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
6380     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
6381     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
6382     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
6383     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6384         DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) {
6385       SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
6386       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
6387         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
6388     }
6389 
6390     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6391     // the previously declared type.
6392     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6393       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6394   }
6395 
6396   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6397     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6398     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6399     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6400     return;
6401   }
6402 
6403   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
6404     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6405     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
6406     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6407     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6408     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6409       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6410     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6411                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6412       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6413       return;
6414     }
6415 
6416     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6417     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6418                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6419                                AbstractVariableType))
6420       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6421   }
6422 
6423   const VarDecl *Def;
6424   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6425     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6426       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6427     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6428     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6429     return;
6430   }
6431 
6432   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6433   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6434     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6435     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6436     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6437     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6438     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6439     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6440     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6441     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6442     //
6443     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6444     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6445     // declaration with an initializer.
6446     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6447       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6448         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6449       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6450       return;
6451     }
6452 
6453     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6454       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6455 
6456     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6457       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6458       return;
6459     }
6460   }
6461 
6462   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6463   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6464   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6465     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6466     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6467     return;
6468   }
6469 
6470   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6471   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6472   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6473 
6474   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
6475   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
6476   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
6477     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
6478       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
6479       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6480         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6481         return;
6482       }
6483       Init = Result.take();
6484     }
6485 
6486   // Perform the initialization.
6487   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6488     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6489     InitializationKind Kind
6490       = DirectInit ?
6491           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6492                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
6493                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
6494                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
6495                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
6496                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6497                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6498 
6499     Expr **Args = &Init;
6500     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
6501     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6502       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
6503       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
6504     }
6505     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
6506     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6507                                               MultiExprArg(*this, Args,NumArgs),
6508                                               &DclT);
6509     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6510       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6511       return;
6512     }
6513 
6514     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6515   }
6516 
6517   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6518   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6519   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6520   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6521   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
6522     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6523 
6524   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6525   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6526 
6527   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6528     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6529 
6530   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6531   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6532   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6533 
6534   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6535     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6536     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6537     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6538     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6539         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6540       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6541   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6542              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6543     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6544     //
6545     // struct S {
6546     //   static const int value = 17;
6547     // };
6548 
6549     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6550     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6551     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6552     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6553     //
6554     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6555     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6556     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6557     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6558     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6559     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6560     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6561     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6562     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6563 
6564     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6565     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6566 
6567     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6568     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
6569     // type.
6570     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6571 
6572     // Require constness.
6573     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6574       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6575         << Init->getSourceRange();
6576       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6577 
6578     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6579     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6580       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6581       SourceLocation Loc;
6582       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6583         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6584         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6585         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6586       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6587         ; // Nothing to check.
6588       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6589         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6590       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6591         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6592         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6593         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6594           << Init->getSourceRange();
6595       } else {
6596         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6597         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6598         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6599           << Init->getSourceRange();
6600         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6601       }
6602 
6603     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6604     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6605       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6606         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6607       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
6608         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6609              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6610           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6611 
6612       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6613         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6614           << Init->getSourceRange();
6615         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6616       }
6617 
6618     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6619     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6620       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6621         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6622         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6623       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6624 
6625     } else {
6626       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6627         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6628       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6629     }
6630   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6631     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6632         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6633          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6634       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6635 
6636     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6637     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6638       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6639   }
6640 
6641   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
6642   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
6643   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
6644   //
6645   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
6646   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
6647   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
6648   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
6649   // special case code.
6650 
6651   // C++ 8.5p11:
6652   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
6653   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
6654   // class type.
6655   if (CXXDirectInit) {
6656     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
6657     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6658   } else if (DirectInit) {
6659     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
6660     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
6661   }
6662 
6663   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6664 }
6665 
6666 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6667 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6668 /// of sanity.
6669 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6670   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6671   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6672   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6673 
6674   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6675   if (!VD) return;
6676 
6677   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6678   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6679     D->setInvalidDecl();
6680     return;
6681   }
6682 
6683   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6684   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6685 
6686   // Require a complete type.
6687   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6688                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6689                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6690     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6691     return;
6692   }
6693 
6694   // Require an abstract type.
6695   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
6696                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6697                              AbstractVariableType)) {
6698     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6699     return;
6700   }
6701 
6702   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
6703   // though.
6704 }
6705 
6706 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
6707                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6708   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
6709   if (RealDecl == 0)
6710     return;
6711 
6712   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6713     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6714 
6715     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
6716     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
6717       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
6718         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
6719       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6720       return;
6721     }
6722 
6723     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
6724     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
6725     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
6726     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
6727     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
6728     // member.
6729     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6730       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
6731         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6732              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
6733           << Var->getDeclName();
6734       else
6735         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
6736       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6737       return;
6738     }
6739 
6740     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6741     case VarDecl::Definition:
6742       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
6743         break;
6744 
6745       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
6746       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
6747       // a declaration.
6748       //
6749       // Fall through
6750 
6751     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
6752       // It's only a declaration.
6753 
6754       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
6755       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
6756       // object shall be complete.
6757       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
6758           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6759           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6760                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
6761         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6762 
6763       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
6764       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6765           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6766                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6767                                  AbstractVariableType))
6768         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6769       return;
6770 
6771     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
6772       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
6773       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
6774       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
6775       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
6776       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
6777       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
6778         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
6779                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
6780           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6781                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
6782                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
6783             Var->setInvalidDecl();
6784         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6785           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
6786           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
6787           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
6788           // NOTE: code such as the following
6789           //     static struct s;
6790           //     struct s { int a; };
6791           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
6792           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
6793           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
6794           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
6795             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6796                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
6797         }
6798       }
6799 
6800       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
6801       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6802         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6803       return;
6804     }
6805 
6806     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6807     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6808     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6809       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6810            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6811       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6812       return;
6813     }
6814 
6815     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6816     // definitions with reference type.
6817     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6818       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6819         << Var->getDeclName()
6820         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6821       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6822       return;
6823     }
6824 
6825     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6826     // variable with dependent type.
6827     if (Type->isDependentType())
6828       return;
6829 
6830     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6831       return;
6832 
6833     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6834                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6835                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6836       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6837       return;
6838     }
6839 
6840     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6841     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6842                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6843                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6844       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6845       return;
6846     }
6847 
6848     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6849     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6850     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6851     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
6852     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6853     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6854     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6855     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6856     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6857     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6858     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6859       if (const RecordType *Record
6860             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6861         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6862         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
6863         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
6864         // incompatibilities with C++98.
6865         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
6866           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6867       }
6868     }
6869 
6870     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6871     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6872     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
6873     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
6874     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
6875     //   type shall have a user-declared default
6876     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
6877     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
6878     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
6879     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
6880     //   program is ill-formed.
6881     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
6882     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
6883     //   default-initialized; [...].
6884     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
6885     InitializationKind Kind
6886       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
6887 
6888     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
6889     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6890                                       MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
6891     if (Init.isInvalid())
6892       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6893     else if (Init.get()) {
6894       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
6895       // This is important for template substitution.
6896       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6897     }
6898 
6899     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
6900   }
6901 }
6902 
6903 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
6904   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6905   if (!VD) {
6906     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
6907     D->setInvalidDecl();
6908     return;
6909   }
6910 
6911   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
6912 
6913   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
6914   int Error = -1;
6915   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
6916   case SC_None:
6917     break;
6918   case SC_Extern:
6919     Error = 0;
6920     break;
6921   case SC_Static:
6922     Error = 1;
6923     break;
6924   case SC_PrivateExtern:
6925     Error = 2;
6926     break;
6927   case SC_Auto:
6928     Error = 3;
6929     break;
6930   case SC_Register:
6931     Error = 4;
6932     break;
6933   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
6934     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
6935   }
6936   if (VD->isConstexpr())
6937     Error = 5;
6938   if (Error != -1) {
6939     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
6940       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
6941     D->setInvalidDecl();
6942   }
6943 }
6944 
6945 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
6946   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6947 
6948   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
6949   // local retaining variable.
6950   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6951       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6952     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
6953     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
6954     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
6955     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
6956       break;
6957 
6958     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
6959     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
6960       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6961       break;
6962     }
6963   }
6964 
6965   // All the following checks are C++ only.
6966   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
6967 
6968   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
6969   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
6970 
6971   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
6972   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6973     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
6974     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
6975 
6976     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
6977     // constructing this copy.
6978     QualType type = var->getType();
6979 
6980     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6981       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
6982       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
6983       ExprResult result =
6984         PerformCopyInitialization(
6985                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
6986                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
6987       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
6988         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
6989         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
6990         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
6991       }
6992     }
6993   }
6994 
6995   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
6996   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
6997 
6998   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) {
6999     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
7000         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
7001                                             var->getLocation())
7002           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
7003         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
7004       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
7005         << Init->getSourceRange();
7006 
7007     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
7008       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
7009       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
7010         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
7011         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
7012         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
7013         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
7014               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
7015           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
7016           Notes.clear();
7017         }
7018         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
7019           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
7020         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
7021           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
7022       }
7023     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
7024       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
7025       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
7026       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
7027       var->checkInitIsICE();
7028     }
7029   }
7030 
7031   // Require the destructor.
7032   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
7033     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
7034 }
7035 
7036 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
7037 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
7038 void
7039 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
7040   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
7041   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
7042 }
7043 
7044 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7045 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7046                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7047   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
7048 
7049   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
7050     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
7051 
7052   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7053     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
7054       Decls.push_back(D);
7055 
7056   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
7057                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
7058 }
7059 
7060 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
7061 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
7062 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7063 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
7064                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7065   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
7066   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
7067   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
7068   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
7069   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
7070   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
7071   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
7072   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
7073     QualType Deduced;
7074     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
7075     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
7076     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
7077       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
7078         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
7079         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
7080         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
7081           break;
7082         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
7083           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
7084           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
7085           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
7086             Deduced = U;
7087             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
7088             DeducedDecl = D;
7089           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
7090             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
7091                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
7092               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
7093               << U << D->getDeclName()
7094               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
7095               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
7096             D->setInvalidDecl();
7097             break;
7098           }
7099         }
7100       }
7101     }
7102   }
7103 
7104   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
7105 }
7106 
7107 
7108 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
7109 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
7110 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
7111   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
7112 
7113   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
7114   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
7115   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
7116   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
7117   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
7118     StorageClass = SC_Register;
7119     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
7120   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7121              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
7122     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
7123     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
7124   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
7125     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7126          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
7127     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7128   }
7129 
7130   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
7131     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
7132   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
7133     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
7134       << 0;
7135 
7136   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
7137 
7138   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
7139   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
7140 
7141   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7142     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
7143     // parameter.
7144     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7145 
7146     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7147     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7148       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
7149         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7150       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
7151     }
7152   }
7153 
7154   // Ensure we have a valid name
7155   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
7156   if (D.hasName()) {
7157     II = D.getIdentifier();
7158     if (!II) {
7159       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
7160         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
7161       D.setInvalidType(true);
7162     }
7163   }
7164 
7165   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
7166   if (II) {
7167     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
7168                    ForRedeclaration);
7169     LookupName(R, S);
7170     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
7171       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7172       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7173         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7174         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
7175         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7176         PrevDecl = 0;
7177       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
7178         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
7179         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7180 
7181         // Recover by removing the name
7182         II = 0;
7183         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
7184         D.setInvalidType(true);
7185       }
7186     }
7187   }
7188 
7189   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
7190   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
7191   // looking like class members in C++.
7192   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
7193                                     D.getLocStart(),
7194                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
7195                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
7196                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
7197 
7198   if (D.isInvalidType())
7199     New->setInvalidDecl();
7200 
7201   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
7202   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
7203   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
7204                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
7205 
7206   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
7207   S->AddDecl(New);
7208   if (II)
7209     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
7210 
7211   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
7212 
7213   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
7214     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7215       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
7216       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7217       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7218 
7219   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7220     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7221   }
7222   return New;
7223 }
7224 
7225 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
7226 /// typedef.
7227 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
7228                                               SourceLocation Loc,
7229                                               QualType T) {
7230   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
7231      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
7232      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
7233   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
7234                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
7235                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
7236   Param->setImplicit();
7237   return Param;
7238 }
7239 
7240 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7241                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
7242   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
7243   // will already have done so in the template itself.
7244   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7245     return;
7246 
7247   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7248     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
7249         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
7250       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
7251         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
7252     }
7253   }
7254 }
7255 
7256 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7257                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
7258                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
7259                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
7260   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
7261     return;
7262 
7263   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7264   // threshold.
7265   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
7266     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
7267     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7268       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
7269           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
7270   }
7271 
7272   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7273   // threshold.
7274   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7275     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
7276     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
7277       continue;
7278     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
7279     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7280       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
7281           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
7282   }
7283 }
7284 
7285 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7286                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7287                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7288                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
7289                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
7290   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
7291   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7292       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
7293       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
7294 
7295     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
7296 
7297     // Special cases for arrays:
7298     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
7299     //   - otherwise, it's an error
7300     if (T->isArrayType()) {
7301       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7302         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
7303             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
7304             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
7305       }
7306       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
7307     } else {
7308       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
7309     }
7310     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
7311   }
7312 
7313   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
7314                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
7315                                          TSInfo,
7316                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
7317                                          0);
7318 
7319   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
7320   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7321   // the class has been completely parsed.
7322   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
7323       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7324                              AbstractParamType))
7325     New->setInvalidDecl();
7326 
7327   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
7328   // passed by reference.
7329   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7330     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
7331     Diag(NameLoc,
7332          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
7333       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
7334     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7335     New->setType(T);
7336   }
7337 
7338   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
7339   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7340   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
7341   // an address space.
7342   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7343     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
7344     New->setInvalidDecl();
7345   }
7346 
7347   return New;
7348 }
7349 
7350 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7351                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
7352   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7353 
7354   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
7355   // for a K&R function.
7356   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
7357     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
7358       --i;
7359       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
7360         SmallString<256> Code;
7361         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
7362                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
7363                                         << ";\n";
7364         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
7365           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
7366           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
7367 
7368         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
7369         // type.
7370         AttributeFactory attrs;
7371         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
7372         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
7373         unsigned DiagID; // unused
7374         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
7375                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
7376         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
7377         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7378         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
7379       }
7380     }
7381   }
7382 }
7383 
7384 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
7385   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
7386   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
7387   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
7388 
7389   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
7390   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
7391                               MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
7392   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
7393 }
7394 
7395 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7396   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
7397   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7398     return false;
7399 
7400   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7401   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7402     return false;
7403 
7404   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7405   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7406     return false;
7407 
7408   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7409   if (FD->isMain())
7410     return false;
7411 
7412   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7413   if (FD->isInlined())
7414     return false;
7415 
7416   // Don't warn about function templates.
7417   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7418     return false;
7419 
7420   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7421   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7422     return false;
7423 
7424   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7425   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7426        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7427     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7428     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7429     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7430       continue;
7431 
7432     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7433     break;
7434   }
7435 
7436   return MissingPrototype;
7437 }
7438 
7439 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7440   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7441   // was an extern inline function.
7442   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7443   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7444       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
7445     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7446         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7447       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7448         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7449     else
7450       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7451     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7452   }
7453 }
7454 
7455 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7456   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7457   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7458 
7459   if (!D)
7460     return D;
7461   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7462 
7463   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7464     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7465   else
7466     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7467 
7468   // Enter a new function scope
7469   PushFunctionScope();
7470 
7471   // See if this is a redefinition.
7472   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7473     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7474 
7475   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7476   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7477     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7478       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7479       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7480     }
7481   }
7482 
7483   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7484   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7485   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7486   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7487       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7488       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7489                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7490     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7491 
7492   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7493   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7494   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7495   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7496   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7497   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
7498     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7499 
7500   if (FnBodyScope)
7501     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7502 
7503   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7504   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7505                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7506 
7507   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7508   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7509     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7510     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7511 
7512     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7513     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7514       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7515 
7516       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7517     }
7518   }
7519 
7520   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
7521   // introduce them into the function scope.
7522   if (FnBodyScope) {
7523     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
7524            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
7525       NamedDecl *D = *I;
7526 
7527       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
7528       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
7529       // and reattach to the current context.
7530       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
7531         // Is the decl actually in the context?
7532         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
7533                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
7534           if (*DI == D) {
7535             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
7536             break;
7537           }
7538         }
7539         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
7540         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7541       }
7542 
7543       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
7544       if (!D->getName().empty())
7545         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7546 
7547       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
7548       // accessible in this scope.
7549       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
7550         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
7551                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
7552           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7553       }
7554     }
7555   }
7556 
7557   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
7558   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
7559     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
7560 
7561   // Checking attributes of current function definition
7562   // dllimport attribute.
7563   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7564   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
7565     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
7566     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
7567     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
7568         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
7569       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7570            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
7571         << "dllimport";
7572       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7573       return FD;
7574     }
7575 
7576     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
7577     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
7578     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
7579       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
7580       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
7581       // emitted.
7582       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7583            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7584         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
7585     }
7586   }
7587   return FD;
7588 }
7589 
7590 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
7591 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
7592 /// optimization.
7593 ///
7594 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
7595 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
7596 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
7597 /// use the named return value optimization.
7598 ///
7599 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
7600 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
7601 /// the NRVO variable.
7602 ///
7603 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
7604 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
7605 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
7606 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
7607   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
7608 
7609   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
7610   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7611     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7612       return;
7613 
7614     if (!NRVOCandidate)
7615       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
7616     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7617       return;
7618   }
7619 
7620   if (NRVOCandidate)
7621     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
7622 }
7623 
7624 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
7625   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
7626 }
7627 
7628 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
7629                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
7630   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7631   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
7632   if (FunTmpl)
7633     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7634   else
7635     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
7636 
7637   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7638   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
7639 
7640   if (FD) {
7641     FD->setBody(Body);
7642 
7643     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
7644     // don't complain about missing return statements.
7645     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
7646       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7647 
7648     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
7649     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
7650     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
7651       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
7652 
7653     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7654       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
7655       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7656                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
7657 
7658       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
7659       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
7660         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
7661 
7662       computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7663     }
7664 
7665     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
7666            "Function parsing confused");
7667   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
7668     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
7669     MD->setBody(Body);
7670     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7671       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
7672       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
7673                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
7674 
7675       if (Body)
7676         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7677     }
7678     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
7679       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc);
7680       ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
7681     }
7682     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
7683       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
7684       ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
7685     }
7686   } else {
7687     return 0;
7688   }
7689 
7690   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for "
7691          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7692   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for "
7693          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7694 
7695   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
7696   if (Body) {
7697     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
7698     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
7699     // Verify this.
7700     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
7701       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
7702 
7703     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
7704     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
7705         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7706         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
7707       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
7708 
7709     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
7710       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
7711         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
7712 
7713       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
7714                                              Destructor->getParent());
7715     }
7716 
7717     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7718     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7719     // deletion in some later function.
7720     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
7721         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
7722       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7723     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7724       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
7725       // enabled.
7726       ActivePolicy = &WP;
7727     }
7728 
7729     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7730         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
7731          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
7732       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7733 
7734     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
7735     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
7736     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
7737            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
7738   }
7739 
7740   if (!IsInstantiation)
7741     PopDeclContext();
7742 
7743   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
7744 
7745   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7746   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7747   // deletion in some later function.
7748   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
7749     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7750   }
7751 
7752   return dcl;
7753 }
7754 
7755 
7756 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
7757 /// relevant Decl.
7758 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
7759                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
7760   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
7761   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
7762     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
7763   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
7764 
7765   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
7766     if (Method->isStatic())
7767       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
7768 }
7769 
7770 
7771 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
7772 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
7773 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
7774                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
7775   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
7776   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
7777   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
7778   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
7779   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
7780     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
7781   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
7782     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
7783     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7784     return Pos->second;
7785   }
7786 
7787   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
7788   unsigned diag_id;
7789   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7790     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
7791   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
7792     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
7793   else
7794     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
7795   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
7796 
7797   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
7798   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
7799   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
7800     TypoCorrection Corrected;
7801     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
7802     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
7803                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
7804       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
7805       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
7806       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
7807 
7808       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
7809           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
7810 
7811       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
7812           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7813         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
7814             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
7815     }
7816   }
7817 
7818   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
7819   const char *Dummy;
7820   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
7821   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
7822   unsigned DiagID;
7823   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
7824   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
7825   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
7826   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
7827   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
7828                                              0, 0, true, SourceLocation(),
7829                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
7830                                              SourceLocation(),
7831                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
7832                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
7833                 DS.getAttributes(),
7834                 SourceLocation());
7835   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
7836 
7837   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
7838 
7839   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
7840   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7841 
7842   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
7843   FD->setImplicit();
7844 
7845   CurContext = PrevDC;
7846 
7847   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
7848 
7849   return FD;
7850 }
7851 
7852 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
7853 /// the declaration of this function.
7854 ///
7855 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
7856 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
7857 /// like NSLog or printf.
7858 ///
7859 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
7860 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
7861 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7862   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7863     return;
7864 
7865   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
7866   // actual attributes.
7867   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7868     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
7869     unsigned FormatIdx;
7870     bool HasVAListArg;
7871     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
7872       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
7873         const char *fmt = "printf";
7874         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
7875         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
7876             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7877           fmt = "NSString";
7878         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7879                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
7880                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7881       }
7882     }
7883     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
7884                                              HasVAListArg)) {
7885      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7886        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7887                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
7888                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7889     }
7890 
7891     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
7892     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
7893     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
7894     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
7895         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
7896       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7897         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7898     }
7899 
7900     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
7901         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
7902       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7903     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
7904       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7905     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7906       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7907   }
7908 
7909   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
7910   if (!Name)
7911     return;
7912   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7913        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
7914       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
7915        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
7916        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
7917     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
7918     // about.
7919   } else
7920     return;
7921 
7922   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
7923     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
7924     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
7925     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7926       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7927                                              "printf", 2,
7928                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
7929   }
7930 }
7931 
7932 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
7933                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
7934   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
7935   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
7936 
7937   if (!TInfo) {
7938     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
7939     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
7940   }
7941 
7942   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
7943   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
7944                                            D.getLocStart(),
7945                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7946                                            D.getIdentifier(),
7947                                            TInfo);
7948 
7949   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
7950   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
7951     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
7952     return NewTD;
7953   }
7954 
7955   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7956     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
7957       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7958         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
7959         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7960         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7961     else
7962       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
7963   }
7964 
7965   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
7966   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
7967   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
7968   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
7969   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
7970   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
7971   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
7972   case TST_enum:
7973   case TST_struct:
7974   case TST_union:
7975   case TST_class: {
7976     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
7977 
7978     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
7979     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
7980     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
7981     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
7982 
7983     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
7984     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
7985 
7986     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
7987     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
7988       break;
7989 
7990     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
7991     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
7992     break;
7993   }
7994 
7995   default:
7996     break;
7997   }
7998 
7999   return NewTD;
8000 }
8001 
8002 
8003 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
8004 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
8005   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8006   QualType T = TI->getType();
8007 
8008   if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context))
8009     return false;
8010 
8011   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
8012   return true;
8013 }
8014 
8015 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
8016 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
8017 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
8018                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
8019                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
8020   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
8021 
8022   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
8023     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8024       << Prev->isScoped();
8025     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8026     return true;
8027   }
8028 
8029   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
8030     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
8031         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
8032         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
8033                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
8034       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8035         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
8036       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8037       return true;
8038     }
8039   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
8040     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8041       << Prev->isFixed();
8042     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8043     return true;
8044   }
8045 
8046   return false;
8047 }
8048 
8049 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
8050 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
8051 ///
8052 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
8053 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
8054                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
8055                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
8056                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
8057   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
8058   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
8059   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
8060   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
8061   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
8062   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
8063   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
8064   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
8065   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
8066   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
8067   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
8068   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
8069   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
8070   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
8071   if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct))
8072     if (OldTag == NewTag)
8073       return true;
8074 
8075   if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
8076       (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
8077     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
8078     bool isTemplate = false;
8079     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
8080       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
8081 
8082     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8083       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
8084       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
8085       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8086         << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
8087       return true;
8088     }
8089 
8090     if (isDefinition) {
8091       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
8092       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
8093       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8094         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
8095         return true;
8096       }
8097 
8098       bool previousMismatch = false;
8099       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
8100            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
8101         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
8102           if (!previousMismatch) {
8103             previousMismatch = true;
8104             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
8105               << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
8106           }
8107           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8108             << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
8109             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
8110                                             NewTag == TTK_Class?
8111                                             "class" : "struct");
8112         }
8113       }
8114       return true;
8115     }
8116 
8117     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
8118     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
8119     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
8120     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
8121                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
8122     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
8123       return true;
8124     }
8125 
8126     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8127       << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
8128       << isTemplate << &Name;
8129     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8130 
8131     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
8132     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8133         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8134           << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class)
8135           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
8136                         Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
8137     }
8138 
8139     return true;
8140   }
8141   return false;
8142 }
8143 
8144 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
8145 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
8146 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
8147 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
8148 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
8149                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8150                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
8151                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
8152                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
8153                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
8154                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
8155                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
8156                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
8157                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
8158   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
8159   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
8160   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
8161          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
8162   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
8163 
8164   OwnedDecl = false;
8165   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
8166   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
8167 
8168   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
8169   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
8170   bool Invalid = false;
8171 
8172   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
8173   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
8174   // for non-C++ cases.
8175   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
8176       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
8177     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
8178           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
8179                                                 TemplateParameterLists.get(),
8180                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8181                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
8182                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
8183                                                     Invalid)) {
8184       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8185         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
8186         // be a member of another template).
8187 
8188         if (Invalid)
8189           return 0;
8190 
8191         OwnedDecl = false;
8192         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
8193                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
8194                                                TemplateParams, AS,
8195                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
8196                                            TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
8197                  (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
8198         return Result.get();
8199       } else {
8200         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
8201         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
8202           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
8203         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
8204       }
8205     }
8206   }
8207 
8208   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
8209   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
8210   // redeclaration.
8211   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
8212 
8213   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8214     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
8215       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
8216       // type, default to int.
8217       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8218     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
8219       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
8220       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
8221       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
8222       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
8223       EnumUnderlying = TI;
8224 
8225       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
8226         // Recover by falling back to int.
8227         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8228 
8229       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
8230                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
8231         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8232 
8233     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8234       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
8235       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8236   }
8237 
8238   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
8239   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
8240   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
8241 
8242   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
8243   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
8244     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
8245 
8246   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
8247 
8248   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8249     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
8250 
8251     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
8252     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
8253       Name = 0;
8254       goto CreateNewDecl;
8255     }
8256 
8257     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
8258     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
8259     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8260       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
8261       if (!DC) {
8262         IsDependent = true;
8263         return 0;
8264       }
8265     } else {
8266       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
8267       if (!DC) {
8268         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
8269           << SS.getRange();
8270         return 0;
8271       }
8272     }
8273 
8274     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
8275       return 0;
8276 
8277     SearchDC = DC;
8278     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
8279     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
8280 
8281     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8282       return 0;
8283 
8284     if (Previous.empty()) {
8285       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
8286       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
8287       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
8288       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
8289       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
8290       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
8291       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
8292           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8293         IsDependent = true;
8294         return 0;
8295       }
8296 
8297       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
8298       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
8299         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
8300       Name = 0;
8301       Invalid = true;
8302       goto CreateNewDecl;
8303     }
8304   } else if (Name) {
8305     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
8306     // declaration or definition.
8307     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
8308     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
8309     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
8310     LookupName(Previous, S);
8311 
8312     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
8313         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
8314       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
8315       while (F.hasNext()) {
8316         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
8317         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
8318           F.erase();
8319       }
8320       F.done();
8321     }
8322 
8323     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
8324     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8325       return 0;
8326 
8327     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
8328       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
8329       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
8330       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
8331       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
8332       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
8333         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8334     }
8335   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
8336     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
8337     // initial context to the translation unit.
8338     // FIXME: [citation needed]
8339     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8340   }
8341 
8342   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
8343       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
8344     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8345     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
8346     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8347     Previous.clear();
8348   }
8349 
8350   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
8351       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
8352     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
8353     isStdBadAlloc = true;
8354 
8355     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
8356       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
8357       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
8358       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
8359       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
8360     }
8361   }
8362 
8363   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
8364   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
8365   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
8366   // there's a shadow friend decl.
8367   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
8368       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8369     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
8370     assert(SS.isEmpty());
8371 
8372     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8373       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
8374       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
8375       //
8376       //          class-key identifier
8377       //
8378       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
8379       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
8380       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
8381       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
8382       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
8383       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
8384       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
8385       //      declaration.
8386       //
8387       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
8388       // C structs and unions.
8389       //
8390       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
8391       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
8392       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
8393       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
8394       //
8395       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
8396       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
8397       //
8398       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
8399       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
8400       // lexical context,
8401       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8402         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8403 
8404       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
8405       while (S->isClassScope() ||
8406              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8407               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8408              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8409              (S->getEntity() &&
8410               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
8411         S = S->getParent();
8412     } else {
8413       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
8414       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
8415       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
8416       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
8417       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
8418       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
8419     }
8420 
8421     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
8422     // diagnose some problems.
8423     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8424       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
8425       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
8426     }
8427   }
8428 
8429   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8430     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
8431 
8432     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
8433     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
8434     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
8435     // in C++.
8436     //
8437     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
8438     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
8439     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
8440     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
8441     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8442       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8443         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
8444           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
8445           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
8446               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
8447                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
8448             PrevDecl = Tag;
8449             Previous.clear();
8450             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
8451             Previous.resolveKind();
8452           }
8453         }
8454       }
8455     }
8456 
8457     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8458       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
8459       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
8460       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
8461       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
8462           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8463         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
8464         // struct or something similar.
8465         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
8466                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
8467                                           *Name)) {
8468           bool SafeToContinue
8469             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
8470                Kind != TTK_Enum);
8471           if (SafeToContinue)
8472             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
8473               << Name
8474               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
8475                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
8476           else
8477             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
8478           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8479 
8480           if (SafeToContinue)
8481             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
8482           else {
8483             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
8484             Name = 0;
8485             Previous.clear();
8486             Invalid = true;
8487           }
8488         }
8489 
8490         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
8491           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
8492 
8493           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
8494           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
8495           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8496             if (ScopedEnum)
8497               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
8498                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
8499                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
8500             return PrevTagDecl;
8501           }
8502 
8503           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
8504           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8505             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
8506           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
8507             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
8508 
8509           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
8510           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
8511           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
8512           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
8513                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
8514             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
8515         }
8516 
8517         if (!Invalid) {
8518           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
8519 
8520           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
8521           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
8522           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
8523           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
8524           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
8525                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
8526             return PrevTagDecl;
8527 
8528           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
8529           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8530             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
8531               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
8532               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
8533               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
8534               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
8535               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
8536                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
8537                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8538                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8539                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8540                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
8541                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8542                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8543                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8544               }
8545 
8546               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
8547                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
8548                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
8549                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
8550                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
8551                 else
8552                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
8553                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8554                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
8555                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
8556                 // references get the previous definition.
8557                 Name = 0;
8558                 Previous.clear();
8559                 Invalid = true;
8560               }
8561             } else {
8562               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
8563               // about a nested redefinition.
8564               const TagType *Tag
8565                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
8566               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8567                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
8568                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
8569                      diag::note_previous_definition);
8570                 Name = 0;
8571                 Previous.clear();
8572                 Invalid = true;
8573               }
8574             }
8575 
8576             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
8577             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
8578           }
8579         }
8580         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
8581         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
8582 
8583       } else {
8584         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
8585         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
8586         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
8587         // have distinct types.
8588         Previous.clear();
8589       }
8590       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
8591       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
8592       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
8593 
8594 
8595     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
8596     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
8597     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
8598     } else {
8599       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
8600       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
8601       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
8602       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
8603           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
8604         unsigned Kind = 0;
8605         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8606         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8607         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8608         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
8609         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
8610         Invalid = true;
8611 
8612       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
8613       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
8614                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8615         // do nothing
8616 
8617       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
8618       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8619         unsigned Kind = 0;
8620         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8621         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8622         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8623         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
8624         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8625         Invalid = true;
8626 
8627       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
8628       // case here.
8629       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8630         unsigned Kind = 0;
8631         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8632         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
8633           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
8634         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8635         Invalid = true;
8636 
8637       // Otherwise, diagnose.
8638       } else {
8639         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
8640         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
8641         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
8642         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8643         Name = 0;
8644         Invalid = true;
8645       }
8646 
8647       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
8648       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
8649       Previous.clear();
8650     }
8651   }
8652 
8653 CreateNewDecl:
8654 
8655   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8656   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
8657     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
8658 
8659   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
8660   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
8661   // keyword.
8662   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
8663 
8664   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
8665   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
8666   // PrevDecl.
8667   TagDecl *New;
8668 
8669   bool IsForwardReference = false;
8670   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8671     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8672     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
8673     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8674                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
8675                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
8676     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
8677     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
8678       TagDecl *Def;
8679       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
8680         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
8681         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
8682       }
8683       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
8684         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
8685           << New;
8686         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8687       } else {
8688         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
8689         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8690           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
8691         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8692           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
8693         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
8694 
8695         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
8696         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
8697         // the declaration context.
8698         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
8699           IsForwardReference = true;
8700       }
8701     }
8702 
8703     if (EnumUnderlying) {
8704       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
8705       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8706         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
8707       else
8708         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
8709       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
8710     }
8711 
8712   } else {
8713     // struct/union/class
8714 
8715     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8716     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
8717     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8718       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
8719       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8720                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8721 
8722       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
8723         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
8724     } else
8725       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8726                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8727   }
8728 
8729   // Maybe add qualifier info.
8730   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8731     if (SS.isSet()) {
8732       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
8733       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
8734       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
8735       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
8736       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
8737       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
8738           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
8739           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
8740         Invalid = true;
8741 
8742       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
8743       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
8744         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8745                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8746                     (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
8747       }
8748     }
8749     else
8750       Invalid = true;
8751   }
8752 
8753   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
8754     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
8755     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
8756     //
8757     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
8758     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
8759     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
8760     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
8761     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
8762     // parsing of the struct).
8763     AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
8764 
8765     AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
8766   }
8767 
8768   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
8769     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
8770       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8771         << 2
8772         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8773     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
8774     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
8775     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
8776     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8777       New->setModulePrivate();
8778   }
8779 
8780   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
8781   // check the specialization.
8782   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
8783     Invalid = true;
8784 
8785   if (Invalid)
8786     New->setInvalidDecl();
8787 
8788   if (Attr)
8789     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
8790 
8791   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
8792   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
8793   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8794     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
8795 
8796   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
8797   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
8798   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8799 
8800   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
8801   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
8802   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
8803   // the tag name visible.
8804   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
8805     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
8806                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
8807 
8808   // Set the access specifier.
8809   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
8810     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
8811 
8812   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
8813     New->startDefinition();
8814 
8815   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8816   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8817     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
8818     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
8819     if (PrevDecl)
8820       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
8821 
8822     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
8823     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
8824     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
8825       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
8826         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
8827   } else if (Name) {
8828     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
8829     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
8830     if (IsForwardReference)
8831       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
8832 
8833   } else {
8834     CurContext->addDecl(New);
8835   }
8836 
8837   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
8838   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
8839     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
8840         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
8841         II->isStr("FILE"))
8842       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
8843 
8844   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
8845   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
8846   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8847       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
8848     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
8849 
8850   if (PrevDecl)
8851     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
8852 
8853   OwnedDecl = true;
8854   return New;
8855 }
8856 
8857 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8858   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8859   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8860 
8861   // Enter the tag context.
8862   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
8863 }
8864 
8865 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
8866   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
8867          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
8868   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
8869   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
8870       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
8871   CurContext = OCD;
8872   return IDecl;
8873 }
8874 
8875 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8876                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
8877                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
8878   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8879   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
8880 
8881   FieldCollector->StartClass();
8882 
8883   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
8884     return;
8885 
8886   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
8887     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
8888 
8889   // C++ [class]p2:
8890   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
8891   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
8892   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
8893   //   as if it were a public member name.
8894   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
8895     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
8896                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
8897                             Record->getIdentifier(),
8898                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
8899                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
8900   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
8901   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
8902   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
8903   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
8904       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
8905   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
8906   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
8907          "Broken injected-class-name");
8908 }
8909 
8910 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8911                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
8912   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8913   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8914   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
8915 
8916   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
8917   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8918     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
8919     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
8920       RD->completeDefinition();
8921   }
8922 
8923   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
8924     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
8925 
8926   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
8927   PopDeclContext();
8928 
8929   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
8930   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
8931 }
8932 
8933 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
8934   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
8935   PopDeclContext();
8936 }
8937 
8938 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8939   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
8940   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
8941   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
8942 }
8943 
8944 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8945   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
8946   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
8947 }
8948 
8949 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8950   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8951   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8952   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
8953 
8954   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
8955   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8956     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
8957       RD->completeDefinition();
8958   }
8959 
8960   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
8961   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
8962   // the FieldCollector.
8963 
8964   PopDeclContext();
8965 }
8966 
8967 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
8968 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
8969                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8970                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
8971                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
8972   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
8973   if (ZeroWidth)
8974     *ZeroWidth = true;
8975 
8976   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
8977   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
8978   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8979     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
8980     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
8981       return ExprError();
8982     if (FieldName)
8983       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
8984         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8985     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
8986       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8987   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
8988                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
8989     return ExprError();
8990 
8991   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
8992   // it now.
8993   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
8994     return Owned(BitWidth);
8995 
8996   llvm::APSInt Value;
8997   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
8998   if (ICE.isInvalid())
8999     return ICE;
9000   BitWidth = ICE.take();
9001 
9002   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
9003     *ZeroWidth = false;
9004 
9005   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
9006   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
9007     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
9008 
9009   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
9010     if (FieldName)
9011       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9012                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
9013     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9014       << Value.toString(10);
9015   }
9016 
9017   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
9018     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
9019     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
9020       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9021         if (FieldName)
9022           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9023             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9024             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9025 
9026         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9027           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9028       }
9029 
9030       if (FieldName)
9031         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9032           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9033           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9034       else
9035         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9036           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9037     }
9038   }
9039 
9040   return Owned(BitWidth);
9041 }
9042 
9043 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
9044 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
9045 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
9046                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
9047   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
9048                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
9049                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
9050   return Res;
9051 }
9052 
9053 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
9054 ///
9055 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
9056                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
9057                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
9058                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9059                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
9060   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9061   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9062   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9063 
9064   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9065   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9066   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9067     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9068 
9069     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
9070                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
9071       D.setInvalidType();
9072       T = Context.IntTy;
9073       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
9074     }
9075   }
9076 
9077   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
9078 
9079   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
9080     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
9081   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9082     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9083       << 2;
9084 
9085   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
9086   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9087   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
9088   LookupName(Previous, S);
9089   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
9090     case LookupResult::Found:
9091     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
9092       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
9093       break;
9094 
9095     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
9096       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9097       break;
9098 
9099     case LookupResult::NotFound:
9100     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
9101     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
9102       break;
9103   }
9104   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
9105 
9106   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9107     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9108     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9109     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9110     PrevDecl = 0;
9111   }
9112 
9113   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
9114     PrevDecl = 0;
9115 
9116   bool Mutable
9117     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
9118   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
9119   FieldDecl *NewFD
9120     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
9121                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
9122 
9123   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9124     Record->setInvalidDecl();
9125 
9126   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9127     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9128 
9129   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
9130     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
9131     // with the same name in the same scope.
9132   } else if (II) {
9133     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
9134   } else
9135     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
9136 
9137   return NewFD;
9138 }
9139 
9140 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
9141 ///
9142 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
9143 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
9144 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
9145 /// created.
9146 ///
9147 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
9148 ///
9149 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
9150 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
9151                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9152                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
9153                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
9154                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9155                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
9156                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
9157                                 Declarator *D) {
9158   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
9159   bool InvalidDecl = false;
9160   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
9161 
9162   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
9163   // marking this declaration as invalid.
9164   if (T.isNull()) {
9165     InvalidDecl = true;
9166     T = Context.IntTy;
9167   }
9168 
9169   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
9170   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9171     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9172       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
9173       Record->setInvalidDecl();
9174       InvalidDecl = true;
9175     } else {
9176       NamedDecl *Def;
9177       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
9178       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
9179         Record->setInvalidDecl();
9180         InvalidDecl = true;
9181       }
9182     }
9183   }
9184 
9185   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9186   // than a variably modified type.
9187   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9188     bool SizeIsNegative;
9189     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
9190     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
9191                                                            SizeIsNegative,
9192                                                            Oversized);
9193     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
9194       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
9195       T = FixedTy;
9196     } else {
9197       if (SizeIsNegative)
9198         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
9199       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
9200         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
9201           << Oversized.toString(10);
9202       else
9203         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
9204       InvalidDecl = true;
9205     }
9206   }
9207 
9208   // Fields can not have abstract class types
9209   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
9210                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9211                                              AbstractFieldType))
9212     InvalidDecl = true;
9213 
9214   bool ZeroWidth = false;
9215   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
9216   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
9217     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
9218     if (!BitWidth) {
9219       InvalidDecl = true;
9220       BitWidth = 0;
9221       ZeroWidth = false;
9222     }
9223   }
9224 
9225   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
9226   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
9227     unsigned DiagID = 0;
9228     if (T->isReferenceType())
9229       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
9230     else if (T.isConstQualified())
9231       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
9232 
9233     if (DiagID) {
9234       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
9235       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
9236         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
9237       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
9238       Mutable = false;
9239       InvalidDecl = true;
9240     }
9241   }
9242 
9243   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
9244                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
9245   if (InvalidDecl)
9246     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9247 
9248   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9249     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9250     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9251     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9252   }
9253 
9254   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9255     if (Record->isUnion()) {
9256       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9257         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9258         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9259           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
9260           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
9261           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
9262           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
9263           // objects.
9264           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
9265             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9266         }
9267       }
9268 
9269       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
9270       // the program is ill-formed.
9271       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
9272         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
9273           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
9274         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9275       }
9276     }
9277   }
9278 
9279   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
9280   // representation, not a parser representation.
9281   if (D)
9282     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
9283     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
9284 
9285   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
9286   // retainable type.
9287   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
9288     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9289 
9290   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
9291     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
9292 
9293   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
9294   return NewFD;
9295 }
9296 
9297 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
9298   assert(FD);
9299   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
9300 
9301   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9302     return true;
9303 
9304   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9305   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9306     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9307     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9308       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
9309       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
9310       // copy constructors.
9311 
9312       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
9313       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9314         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
9315       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
9316         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
9317       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9318         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
9319       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
9320         member = CXXDestructor;
9321 
9322       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
9323         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
9324             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
9325           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
9326           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
9327           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
9328           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
9329           // members unavailable.
9330           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
9331           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
9332             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
9333               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
9334                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9335             return false;
9336           }
9337         }
9338 
9339         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ?
9340                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
9341                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
9342           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
9343         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
9344         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x;
9345       }
9346     }
9347   }
9348 
9349   return false;
9350 }
9351 
9352 /// If the given constructor is user-provided, produce a diagnostic explaining
9353 /// that it makes the class non-trivial.
9354 static bool DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT,
9355                                                CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
9356                                                Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) {
9357   if (!CD->isUserProvided())
9358     return false;
9359 
9360   SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation();
9361   S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM;
9362   return true;
9363 }
9364 
9365 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
9366 /// special member, figure out why.
9367 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
9368   QualType QT(T, 0U);
9369   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
9370 
9371   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
9372   switch (member) {
9373   case CXXInvalid:
9374     break;
9375 
9376   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9377     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
9378       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
9379       for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
9380         if (DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member))
9381           return;
9382 
9383       // No user-provided constructors; look for constructor templates.
9384       typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl>
9385           tmpl_iter;
9386       for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end());
9387            TI != TE; ++TI) {
9388         CXXConstructorDecl *CD =
9389             dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl());
9390         if (CD && DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, CD, member))
9391           return;
9392       }
9393     }
9394     break;
9395 
9396   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9397     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
9398       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
9399         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
9400       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9401       return;
9402     }
9403     break;
9404 
9405   case CXXMoveConstructor:
9406     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
9407       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
9408       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9409       return;
9410     }
9411     break;
9412 
9413   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9414     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
9415       // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
9416       // assignment, not the type.
9417       SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getLocStart();
9418       Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9419       return;
9420     }
9421     break;
9422 
9423   case CXXMoveAssignment:
9424     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
9425       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
9426       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9427       return;
9428     }
9429     break;
9430 
9431   case CXXDestructor:
9432     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
9433       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
9434       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9435       return;
9436     }
9437     break;
9438   }
9439 
9440   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
9441 
9442   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
9443   // but not trivial destruction.
9444   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
9445     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
9446     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
9447     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
9448       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
9449         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9450         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
9451         return;
9452       }
9453 
9454     // Check for virtual methods.
9455     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
9456     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
9457          ++mi) {
9458       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
9459         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart();
9460         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
9461         return;
9462       }
9463     }
9464   }
9465 
9466   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
9467   switch (member) {
9468   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9469     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
9470   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9471     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
9472   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9473     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
9474   case CXXDestructor:
9475     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
9476   default:
9477     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
9478   }
9479 
9480   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
9481   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
9482     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
9483     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
9484     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
9485     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
9486       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9487       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
9488       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
9489       return;
9490     }
9491   }
9492 
9493   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
9494   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
9495   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
9496        ++fi) {
9497     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType());
9498     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9499       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
9500 
9501       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
9502         SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation();
9503         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
9504         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
9505         return;
9506       }
9507     }
9508 
9509     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9510       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
9511       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9512       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9513         break;
9514 
9515       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9516       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9517       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9518         Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
9519           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
9520         return;
9521       }
9522     }
9523   }
9524 
9525   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
9526 }
9527 
9528 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
9529 ///  AST enum value.
9530 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
9531 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
9532   switch (ivarVisibility) {
9533   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
9534   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
9535   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
9536   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
9537   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
9538   }
9539 }
9540 
9541 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9542 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9543 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9544                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9545                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9546                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9547 
9548   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9549   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9550   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9551   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9552 
9553   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9554   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9555 
9556   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9557   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9558 
9559   if (BitWidth) {
9560     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9561     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
9562     if (!BitWidth)
9563       D.setInvalidType();
9564   } else {
9565     // Not a bitfield.
9566 
9567     // validate II.
9568 
9569   }
9570   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9571     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9572     D.setInvalidType();
9573   }
9574   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9575   // than a variably modified type.
9576   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9577     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9578     D.setInvalidType();
9579   }
9580 
9581   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9582   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9583     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9584                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9585   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9586   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9587   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9588     return 0;
9589   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9590   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9591       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9592     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
9593     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9594       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9595       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9596     }
9597     else
9598       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9599   } else {
9600     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9601         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9602       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9603         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9604         return 0;
9605       }
9606     }
9607     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9608   }
9609 
9610   // Construct the decl.
9611   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9612                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9613                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9614 
9615   if (II) {
9616     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9617                                            ForRedeclaration);
9618     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9619         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9620       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9621       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9622       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9623     }
9624   }
9625 
9626   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9627   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
9628 
9629   if (D.isInvalidType())
9630     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9631 
9632   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
9633   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
9634     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9635 
9636   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9637     NewID->setModulePrivate();
9638 
9639   if (II) {
9640     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
9641     // these to the interface.
9642     S->AddDecl(NewID);
9643     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
9644   }
9645 
9646   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
9647       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
9648     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
9649 
9650   return NewID;
9651 }
9652 
9653 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
9654 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
9655 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
9656 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
9657 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
9658                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
9659   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
9660     return;
9661 
9662   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
9663   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
9664 
9665   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
9666     return;
9667   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
9668   if (!ID) {
9669     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
9670       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
9671         return;
9672     }
9673     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
9674     else
9675       return;
9676   }
9677   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
9678   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
9679   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
9680 
9681   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
9682                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
9683                               Context.CharTy,
9684                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
9685                                                                DeclLoc),
9686                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
9687                               true);
9688   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
9689 }
9690 
9691 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
9692                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
9693                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
9694                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
9695                        AttributeList *Attr) {
9696   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
9697 
9698   // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
9699   // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it.
9700   if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9701     return;
9702 
9703   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9704 
9705   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
9706   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
9707   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
9708   if (Record) {
9709     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
9710                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
9711       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
9712         if (IFD->getDeclName())
9713           ++NumNamedMembers;
9714     }
9715   }
9716 
9717   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
9718   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
9719 
9720   bool ARCErrReported = false;
9721   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
9722        i != end; ++i) {
9723     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
9724 
9725     // Get the type for the field.
9726     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
9727 
9728     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
9729       // Remember all fields written by the user.
9730       RecFields.push_back(FD);
9731     }
9732 
9733     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
9734     // diagnostics about it.
9735     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9736       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9737       continue;
9738     }
9739 
9740     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
9741     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
9742     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
9743     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
9744     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
9745     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
9746     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
9747     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
9748     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
9749     //   array.
9750     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
9751       // Field declared as a function.
9752       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
9753         << FD->getDeclName();
9754       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9755       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9756       continue;
9757     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
9758                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
9759                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
9760                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
9761                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
9762       // Flexible array member.
9763       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
9764       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
9765       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
9766       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
9767         if (Record->isUnion())
9768           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
9769             << FD->getDeclName();
9770         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9771           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
9772             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9773       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9774         if (Record->isUnion())
9775           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9776             << FD->getDeclName();
9777         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9778           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
9779             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9780       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
9781       if (Record->isUnion())
9782         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9783           << FD->getDeclName();
9784       else
9785         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
9786           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9787       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
9788         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
9789           << FD->getDeclName();
9790         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9791         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9792         continue;
9793       }
9794       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
9795           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
9796         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
9797           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9798         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9799         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9800         continue;
9801       }
9802       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
9803       if (Record)
9804         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9805     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
9806                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
9807                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9808       // Incomplete type
9809       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9810       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9811       continue;
9812     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9813       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
9814         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
9815         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
9816           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9817         } else {
9818           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
9819           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
9820           // structures.
9821           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
9822             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
9823               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9824           else {
9825             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
9826             // other structs as an extension.
9827             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
9828               << FD->getDeclName();
9829             if (Record)
9830               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9831           }
9832         }
9833       }
9834       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9835         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9836     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
9837       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
9838       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
9839         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
9840       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
9841       FD->setType(T);
9842     }
9843     else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9844       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
9845         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
9846         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
9847         // so we just make the field unavailable.
9848         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
9849         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
9850         QualType T = FD->getType();
9851         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
9852         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
9853           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
9854           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
9855             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
9856               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
9857                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9858             }
9859           } else {
9860             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
9861               << T->isBlockPointerType();
9862           }
9863           ARCErrReported = true;
9864         }
9865       }
9866       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
9867                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
9868                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
9869         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9870             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
9871           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9872         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
9873           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9874           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
9875               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9876             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9877           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9878                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
9879                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9880         }
9881       }
9882     }
9883     // Keep track of the number of named members.
9884     if (FD->getIdentifier())
9885       ++NumNamedMembers;
9886   }
9887 
9888   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
9889   if (Record) {
9890     bool Completed = false;
9891     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
9892       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
9893         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
9894         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
9895         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
9896              I != E; ++I)
9897           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
9898 
9899         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
9900           // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting:
9901           //   If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer
9902           //   type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its
9903           //   default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment
9904           //   operator, and destructor are non-trivial.
9905           //
9906           // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition().
9907           // However, here we check whether this particular class is only
9908           // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member.
9909           // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled
9910           // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release.
9911           if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9912               CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() &&
9913               CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) {
9914             if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) {
9915               Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9916                    diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member)
9917                << CXXRecord;
9918             } else {
9919               // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location
9920               // for them is going to be tricky.
9921               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9922                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9923                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9924                   << CXXRecord << 0;
9925               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9926                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9927                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9928                 << CXXRecord << 1;
9929               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
9930                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9931                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9932                 << CXXRecord << 2;
9933             }
9934           }
9935 
9936           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
9937           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
9938               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
9939             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
9940 
9941           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
9942           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
9943 
9944           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
9945           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
9946           // problem now.
9947           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
9948             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
9949             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
9950 
9951             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
9952                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
9953                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
9954               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
9955                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
9956                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
9957                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
9958                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
9959                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
9960                   continue;
9961 
9962                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
9963                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
9964                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
9965                 //   program is ill-formed.
9966                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
9967                   << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
9968                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
9969                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
9970                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
9971                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
9972                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
9973                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
9974                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
9975                     << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
9976 
9977                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
9978               }
9979             }
9980             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
9981             Completed = true;
9982           }
9983         }
9984       }
9985     }
9986 
9987     if (!Completed)
9988       Record->completeDefinition();
9989 
9990   } else {
9991     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
9992       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
9993     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9994       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
9995       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
9996       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9997         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
9998         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
9999       }
10000       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
10001       // duplicates.
10002       if (ID->getSuperClass())
10003         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
10004     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10005                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10006       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
10007       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
10008         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
10009         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
10010         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
10011       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
10012       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10013       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10014     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10015                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10016       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
10017       // reported as errors elsewhere.
10018       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
10019       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
10020       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
10021       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
10022       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
10023       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10024         if (IDecl) {
10025           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
10026               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10027             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10028                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10029             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10030             continue;
10031           }
10032           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
10033                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
10034                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
10035             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
10036                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10037               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10038                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10039               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10040               continue;
10041             }
10042           }
10043         }
10044         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
10045         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10046       }
10047       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10048       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10049     }
10050   }
10051 
10052   if (Attr)
10053     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
10054 
10055   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
10056   // set the visibility of this record.
10057   if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
10058     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record);
10059 }
10060 
10061 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
10062 /// the given type T.
10063 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
10064                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
10065                                         QualType T) {
10066   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10067   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
10068 
10069   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
10070     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10071       --BitWidth;
10072     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
10073   }
10074   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
10075 }
10076 
10077 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
10078 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
10079 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
10080   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
10081   // enum checking below.
10082   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10083   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
10084   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10085     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
10086   };
10087   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10088     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
10089     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
10090   };
10091 
10092   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
10093   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
10094                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
10095   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
10096     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
10097       return Types[I];
10098 
10099   return QualType();
10100 }
10101 
10102 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10103                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10104                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10105                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10106                                           Expr *Val) {
10107   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10108   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10109   QualType EltTy;
10110 
10111   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10112     Val = 0;
10113 
10114   if (Val)
10115     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10116 
10117   if (Val) {
10118     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10119       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10120     else {
10121       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10122       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() &&
10123           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10124         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10125         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10126         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10127         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10128         ExprResult Converted =
10129           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10130                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10131         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10132           Val = 0;
10133         else
10134           Val = Converted.take();
10135       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10136                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10137                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10138         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10139       } else {
10140         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10141           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10142 
10143           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10144           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10145           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10146           // expression checking.
10147           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10148             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10149               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10150               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10151             } else
10152               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10153           } else
10154             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10155         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10156           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10157           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10158           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10159           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
10160           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10161           EltTy = Val->getType();
10162         } else {
10163           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10164           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10165           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10166           //   representable as an int.
10167 
10168           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10169           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10170             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10171               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10172               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10173           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10174             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10175             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10176           }
10177           EltTy = Val->getType();
10178         }
10179       }
10180     }
10181   }
10182 
10183   if (!Val) {
10184     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10185       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10186     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10187       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10188       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10189       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10190       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
10191       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10192       //
10193       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
10194       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10195       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10196         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10197       }
10198       else {
10199         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10200       }
10201     } else {
10202       // Assign the last value + 1.
10203       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10204       ++EnumVal;
10205       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10206 
10207       // Check for overflow on increment.
10208       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10209         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10210         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10211         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10212         //
10213         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10214         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10215         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10216         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
10217         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10218         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10219         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10220         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10221           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
10222           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10223           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10224           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10225           ++EnumVal;
10226           if (Enum->isFixed())
10227             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10228             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10229               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10230               << EltTy;
10231           else
10232             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10233               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10234         } else {
10235           EltTy = T;
10236         }
10237 
10238         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10239         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10240         // value, then increment.
10241         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10242         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10243         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10244         ++EnumVal;
10245 
10246         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10247         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10248         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10249         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10250         // integral type.
10251         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10252           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10253       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10254                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10255         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10256         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10257           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10258       }
10259     }
10260   }
10261 
10262   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10263     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
10264     // enumerator's type.
10265     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10266     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10267   }
10268 
10269   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10270                                   Val, EnumVal);
10271 }
10272 
10273 
10274 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10275                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10276                               AttributeList *Attr,
10277                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10278   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10279   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10280     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10281 
10282   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10283   // we find one that is.
10284   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10285 
10286   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10287   // scope.
10288   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10289                                          ForRedeclaration);
10290   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10291     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10292     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10293     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10294     PrevDecl = 0;
10295   }
10296 
10297   if (PrevDecl) {
10298     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10299     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10300     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10301            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10302     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10303       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10304         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10305       else
10306         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10307       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10308       return 0;
10309     }
10310   }
10311 
10312   // C++ [class.mem]p13:
10313   //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
10314   //   name different from T:
10315   //     - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated
10316   //       type
10317   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10318                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10319                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10320     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10321       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10322 
10323   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10324     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10325 
10326   if (New) {
10327     // Process attributes.
10328     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10329 
10330     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10331     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10332     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10333   }
10334 
10335   return New;
10336 }
10337 
10338 // Emits a warning if every element in the enum is the same value and if
10339 // every element is initialized with a integer or boolean literal.
10340 static void CheckForUniqueEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements,
10341                                      unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum,
10342                                      QualType EnumType) {
10343   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_identical_enum_values,
10344                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
10345       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
10346     return;
10347 
10348   if (NumElements < 2)
10349     return;
10350 
10351   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
10352     return;
10353 
10354   llvm::APSInt FirstVal;
10355 
10356   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10357     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10358     if (!ECD)
10359       return;
10360 
10361     Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
10362     if (!InitExpr)
10363       return;
10364     InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
10365     if (!isa<IntegerLiteral>(InitExpr) && !isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(InitExpr))
10366       return;
10367 
10368     if (i == 0) {
10369       FirstVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10370       continue;
10371     }
10372 
10373     if (FirstVal != ECD->getInitVal())
10374       return;
10375   }
10376 
10377   S.Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_identical_enum_values)
10378       << EnumType << FirstVal.toString(10)
10379       << Enum->getSourceRange();
10380 
10381   EnumConstantDecl *Last = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 1]),
10382                    *Next = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 2]);
10383 
10384   S.Diag(Last->getLocation(), diag::note_identical_enum_values)
10385     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Last->getInitExpr()->getSourceRange(),
10386                                     Next->getName());
10387 }
10388 
10389 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10390                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10391                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10392                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10393   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10394   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10395 
10396   if (Attr)
10397     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10398 
10399   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10400     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10401       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10402         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10403       if (!ECD) continue;
10404 
10405       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10406     }
10407 
10408     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10409     return;
10410   }
10411 
10412   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10413   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10414   // emit a warning.
10415   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10416   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10417   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10418 
10419   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10420   // reverse the list.
10421   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10422   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10423 
10424   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10425   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10426 
10427   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10428     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10429       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10430     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10431 
10432     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10433 
10434     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10435     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10436       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10437                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10438     else
10439       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10440                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10441 
10442     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10443     if (AllElementsInt)
10444       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10445   }
10446 
10447   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10448   QualType BestType;
10449   unsigned BestWidth;
10450 
10451   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10452   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10453   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10454   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10455   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10456   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10457   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10458   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10459   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
10460   QualType BestPromotionType;
10461 
10462   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
10463   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
10464   // enum definitions.
10465   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
10466     Packed = true;
10467 
10468   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10469     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
10470     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
10471       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
10472     else
10473       BestPromotionType = BestType;
10474     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
10475     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
10476     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
10477     BestWidth = CharWidth;
10478   }
10479   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
10480     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
10481     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
10482     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10483     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
10484       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
10485       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10486     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
10487                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
10488       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
10489       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10490     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
10491       BestType = Context.IntTy;
10492       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10493     } else {
10494       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
10495 
10496       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
10497         BestType = Context.LongTy;
10498       } else {
10499         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10500 
10501         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
10502           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
10503         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
10504       }
10505     }
10506     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
10507   } else {
10508     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
10509     // all of the enumerator values.
10510     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10511     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
10512       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
10513       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10514       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10515     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
10516       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
10517       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10518       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10519     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
10520       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
10521       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10522       BestPromotionType
10523         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10524                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
10525     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
10526                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
10527       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
10528       BestPromotionType
10529         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10530                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
10531     } else {
10532       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10533       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
10534              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
10535       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
10536       BestPromotionType
10537         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10538                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
10539     }
10540   }
10541 
10542   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
10543   // the type of the enum if needed.
10544   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10545     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10546     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10547 
10548     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
10549     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
10550     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
10551     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
10552     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
10553 
10554     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
10555     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10556 
10557     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
10558     // the enum decl type.
10559     QualType NewTy;
10560     unsigned NewWidth;
10561     bool NewSign;
10562     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10563         !Enum->isFixed() &&
10564         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
10565       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
10566       NewWidth = IntWidth;
10567       NewSign = true;
10568     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
10569       // Already the right type!
10570       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10571         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10572         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10573         // enumeration.
10574         ECD->setType(EnumType);
10575       continue;
10576     } else {
10577       NewTy = BestType;
10578       NewWidth = BestWidth;
10579       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
10580     }
10581 
10582     // Adjust the APSInt value.
10583     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
10584     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
10585     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
10586 
10587     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
10588     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
10589         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
10590       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
10591                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
10592                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
10593                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
10594                                                 VK_RValue));
10595     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10596       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10597       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10598       // enumeration.
10599       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10600     else
10601       ECD->setType(NewTy);
10602   }
10603 
10604   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
10605                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
10606 
10607   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
10608   // it needs to go into the function scope.
10609   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
10610     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
10611 
10612   CheckForUniqueEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType);
10613 }
10614 
10615 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
10616                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
10617                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
10618   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
10619 
10620   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10621                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
10622                                                    EndLoc);
10623   CurContext->addDecl(New);
10624   return New;
10625 }
10626 
10627 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
10628                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
10629                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
10630   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
10631                                                 Module::AllVisible,
10632                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
10633   if (!Mod)
10634     return true;
10635 
10636   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
10637   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
10638   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
10639     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
10640     // We need the length to be consistent.
10641     if (!ModCheck)
10642       break;
10643     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
10644 
10645     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
10646   }
10647 
10648   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
10649                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10650                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
10651                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
10652   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
10653   return Import;
10654 }
10655 
10656 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10657                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10658                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10659                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
10660                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10661   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
10662                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10663   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
10664      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
10665 
10666   if (PrevDecl)
10667     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
10668   else
10669     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10670       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
10671 }
10672 
10673 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10674                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10675                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10676   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
10677 
10678   if (PrevDecl) {
10679     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
10680   } else {
10681     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10682       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
10683         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
10684   }
10685 }
10686 
10687 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10688                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10689                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10690                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
10691                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10692   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
10693                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10694   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
10695 
10696   if (PrevDecl) {
10697     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
10698       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
10699         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
10700   } else {
10701     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10702       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
10703   }
10704 }
10705 
10706 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
10707   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
10708 }
10709 
10710 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
10711   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext());
10712   // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface.
10713   if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
10714     D = CatD->getClassInterface();
10715 
10716   return D->getAvailability();
10717 }
10718